The aphorismes of Hippocrates, prince of physitians with a short comment on them taken out of those larger notes of Galen, Heurnius, Fuchsius, &c. : with an exact table shewing the substance of every aphorisme.
         Aphorisms. English
         Hippocrates.
      
       
         This text is an enriched version of the TCP digital transcription A43859 of text R13229 in the  English Short Title Catalog (Wing H2071). Textual changes  and metadata enrichments aim at making the text more  computationally tractable, easier to read, and suitable for network-based collaborative curation by amateur and professional end users from many walks of life.  The text has been tokenized and linguistically annotated with  MorphAdorner. The annotation includes standard spellings that support the display of a text in a standardized format that preserves archaic forms ('loveth', 'seekest'). Textual changes aim at restoring the text the author or stationer meant to publish.  This text has not been fully proofread 
       Approx. 165 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 202 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         EarlyPrint Project
         Evanston,IL, Notre Dame, IN, St. Louis, MO
         2017
         A43859
         Wing H2071
         ESTC R13229
         12278387
         ocm 12278387
         58567
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A43859)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 58567)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 187:18)
      
       
         
           
             The aphorismes of Hippocrates, prince of physitians with a short comment on them taken out of those larger notes of Galen, Heurnius, Fuchsius, &c. : with an exact table shewing the substance of every aphorisme.
             Aphorisms. English
             Hippocrates.
             Galen.
             Heurne, Johan van, 1543-1601.
             Fuchs, Leonhart, 1501-1566.
             Soranus, of Ephesus.
             S. H.
          
           [22], 179 p. : port.
           
             Printed for Humphrey Moseley ...,
             London :
             1655.
          
           
             Translation of: Aphorismi.
             The translation is similar to the 1610 London ed., translated by S.H.
             Interleaved.
             Reproduction of original in Harvard University Libraries.
             "Hippocrates his life out of Soranus": p. [3-10]; "Hippocrates his oath": p. [11-13]
             Imperfect: portrait lacking on film.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Hippocrates.
           Medicine -- Aphorisms.
           Medicine, Greek and Roman.
        
      
    
       A43859  R13229  (Wing H2071).  civilwar no The aphorismes of Hippocrates prince of physitians. With a short comment on them, taken out of those larger notes of Galen. Heurnius Fuchsiu Hippocrates 1655    26345 88 5 0 0 3 1 161 F  The  rate of 161 defects per 10,000 words puts this text in the F category of texts with  100 or more defects per 10,000 words. 
        2007-01 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2007-01 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2007-07 Robyn Anspach
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2007-07 Robyn Anspach
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
         
           THE
           APHORISMES
           OF
           
             HIPPOCRATES
          
           PRINCE
           OF
           PHYSITIANS
           .
        
         
           WITH
           A
           short
           
             COMMENT
          
           on
           Them
           ,
           taken
           out
           of
           those
           larger
           Notes
           Of
           
             
               GALEN
               .
            
             
               HEURNIUS
            
             
               FUCHSIUS
               ,
               
                 &c.
                 
              
            
          
        
         
           With
           an
           exact
           Table
           shewing
           the
           substance
           of
           every
           
             APHORISME
             .
          
        
         
           LONDON
           ,
           Printed
           for
           
             Humphrey
             Moseley
             ,
          
           at
           the
           Princes
           Arms
           in
           St.
           
             Pauls
          
           Church
           yard
           .
           1655.
           
        
      
       
       
       
         
           
             Hippocrates
          
           his
           life
           out
           of
           
             Soranus
             .
          
        
         
           
             HIppocrates
          
           was
           born
           in
           an
           Island
           in
           the
           Aegean
           sea
           ,
           called
           
             Cos
          
           or
           
             Ccos
             .
          
           and
           was
           the
           son
           of
           
             Heraclides
             ,
          
           and
           
             Praxithea
          
           the
           daughter
           of
           
             Phenaretes
             .
          
           He
           reckoned
           his
           Pedigree
           from
           
             Hercules
          
           and
           
             Esculapius
             ,
          
           and
           counted
           himself
           nineteen
           generations
           or
           descents
           from
           the
           one
           ,
           and
           twenty
           from
           the
           other
           .
           Of
           his
           Genealogy
           
             Erat●sthenes
          
           makes
           mention
           .
           and
           
             Pherecides
          
           and
           
             Apollod●rus
          
           and
           
             Arius
             Tarsensis
             .
          
           He
           was
           his
           Father
           
             Heraclides
          
           disciple
           ,
           then
           to
           one
           
             Her●dicus
             ,
          
           and
           as
           some
           relate
           ,
           he
           heard
           
             Leontinus
          
           the
           Rhetorician
           ,
           
           
           
           and
           
             Democritus
          
           the
           Philosopher
           of
           
             Abdera
             .
          
           He
           flourished
           in
           
             Pelops
          
           his
           time
           :
           and
           was
           born
           (
           as
           
             Isthomachus
          
           relates
           in
           his
           first
           book
           of
           
             Hippocrates
          
           Sect.
           )
           in
           the
           first
           yeer
           of
           the
           eightieth
           Olimpiad
           .
           But
           
             S●ranus
          
           a
           
             Coan
             ,
          
           having
           searched
           the
           Library
           of
           
             Cos
             ,
          
           goes
           further
           ▪
           and
           saith
           he
           was
           born
           during
           
             Abriada
          
           his
           Monarchy
           the
           seven
           and
           twentieth
           day
           of
           the
           month
           
             Agrian
             ,
          
           at
           which
           time
           the
           
             Coans
          
           do
           to
           this
           day
           offer
           Sacrifices
           to
           
             Hippocrates
             .
          
           Another
           Author
           saith
           he
           lived
           in
           the
           times
           of
           
             Eliachim
             ,
             Malachi
             ,
             Pereno
             ,
          
           and
           
             Socrates
             .
          
           He
           being
           exceeding
           skilful
           in
           Physick
           ,
           and
           the
           whole
           course
           of
           learning
           ,
           after
           his
           parents
           died
           forsook
           his
           native
           Country
           (
           as
           one
           
             Andreas
          
           falsly
           imputes
           to
           him
           in
           a
           book
           which
           he
           hath
           written
           of
           the
           Origine
           of
           Physick
           )
           for
           having
           fired
           the
           
             Cuidians
          
           
           
           
           Library
           .
           Others
           say
           he
           left
           his
           Country
           through
           a
           desire
           he
           had
           to
           see
           the
           effects
           and
           success
           of
           Physick
           in
           several
           effects
           ,
           Climates
           ,
           and
           places
           .
           But
           
             Soranus
          
           saith
           the
           Lord
           appeared
           to
           him
           in
           a
           dream
           ,
           and
           wished
           him
           go
           to
           live
           in
           
             Thessalia
          
           Howsoever
           he
           was
           famous
           all
           
             Greece
          
           over
           ,
           and
           admired
           for
           his
           skill
           in
           Physick
           so
           far
           that
           he
           was
           by
           Ambassadours
           sent
           for
           to
           
             Perdi●cas
          
           King
           of
           
             Macedonia
          
           when
           he
           was
           thought
           to
           lye
           sick
           of
           a
           Consumption
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           him
           ,
           together
           with
           one
           
             Euryphon
             ,
          
           who
           was
           elder
           then
           he
           ;
           and
           by
           some
           signes
           and
           tokens
           ,
           found
           that
           the
           Kings
           disease
           was
           a
           trouble
           of
           the
           mind
           ,
           for
           after
           the
           death
           of
           his
           Father
           
             Alexander
             ,
          
           he
           fell
           in
           love
           with
           one
           of
           his
           Concubines
           called
           
             Phila
             :
          
           Which
           
             Hippocrates
          
           discovered
           by
           his
           pulse
           ,
           in
           which
           he
           felt
           an
           alteration
           
           at
           her
           coming
           into
           the
           room
           ,
           and
           acquainting
           
             Phila
          
           therewith
           ,
           cured
           the
           King
           ▪
           He
           was
           also
           called
           to
           
             Abdera
          
           to
           recover
           
             Democritus
          
           from
           his
           madness
           ,
           and
           expel
           the
           Plague
           out
           of
           the
           whole
           City
           .
           And
           the
           Plague
           being
           at
           a
           time
           gotten
           in
           amongst
           the
           Pahnonians
           and
           Illyrians
           ,
           they
           sent
           Ambassadors
           for
           him
           ,
           who
           having
           enquired
           of
           them
           what
           winds
           ordinarily
           blew
           there
           sent
           them
           away
           unsatisfied
           :
           and
           when
           by
           prudent
           Arguments
           he
           foresaw
           the
           Plague
           would
           prevail
           upon
           the
           Atticans
           dominions
           ,
           he
           foretold
           it
           ,
           and
           took
           great
           care
           both
           of
           those
           Cities
           and
           of
           his
           Disciples
           .
           And
           he
           so
           truely
           loved
           
             Greece
             ,
          
           that
           the
           renown
           of
           his
           learning
           spreading
           it self
           as
           far
           as
           
             Persia
             ,
          
           and
           
             Artaxerxes
          
           sending
           for
           him
           by
           means
           of
           
             Hystanides
          
           Governor
           of
           
             Hellespont
             ,
          
           upon
           
           
           
           proffer
           of
           exceeding
           great
           rewards
           ,
           preferring
           honesty
           ,
           before
           lucre
           of
           mony
           ,
           he
           absolutely
           denyed
           him
           ;
           as
           by
           his
           letter
           written
           to
           him
           it
           plainly
           appears
           .
           He
           freed
           his
           own
           Country
           ,
           when
           the
           
             Athenians
          
           intended
           to
           war
           against
           it
           ,
           and
           had
           called
           the
           
             Thessalians
          
           to
           aid
           them
           ,
           whereupon
           he
           had
           great
           honors
           decreed
           him
           by
           the
           Coans
           .
           Yea
           and
           by
           the
           Thessalians
           ,
           Argives
           ,
           and
           Athenians
           ,
           who
           entered
           him
           into
           the
           Eleusinian
           Sacrifices
           or
           mysteries
           ,
           next
           to
           
             Hercules
             ,
          
           and
           admitted
           him
           into
           their
           franchize
           ,
           and
           allowed
           both
           him
           and
           all
           his
           posterity
           maintenance
           of
           Corn
           out
           of
           their
           common
           Granaries
           .
           He
           taught
           all
           as
           were
           studious
           of
           this
           Art
           ,
           freely
           and
           without
           envy
           .
        
         
           He
           died
           amongst
           the
           Larisseans
           about
           that
           time
           as
           
             Democritus
          
           also
           died
           ,
           some
           say
           at
           ninety
           ,
           some
           
           at
           eighty
           five
           ,
           some
           at
           one
           hundred
           and
           four
           ,
           some
           at
           a
           hundred
           and
           nine
           yeers
           of
           age
           .
           And
           was
           buried
           between
           
             Gyrtone
          
           and
           
             Larissa
             ,
          
           where
           his
           Monument
           is
           to
           this
           day
           to
           be
           seen
           ,
           in
           which
           for
           a
           long
           time
           there
           was
           a
           swarm
           of
           Bees
           ,
           with
           whose
           hony
           the
           nurses
           coming
           to
           the
           Monument
           ,
           would
           anoint
           the
           Ulcers
           of
           infants
           mouths
           ,
           and
           cure
           them
           .
           In
           many
           of
           his
           pictures
           and
           Images
           he
           is
           painted
           with
           his
           head
           covered
           (
           some
           say
           )
           with
           a
           hat
           ,
           it
           being
           a
           sign
           of
           Nobility
           (
           for
           so
           was
           
             Vlisses
          
           painted
           )
           Some
           say
           his
           head
           was
           covered
           with
           his
           Cloak
           ,
           which
           some
           affirm
           was
           for
           comeliness
           because
           he
           was
           bald
           ,
           and
           some
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           weakness
           of
           his
           head
           .
           But
           some
           will
           have
           it
           done
           so
           by
           him
           significatively
           to
           shew
           that
           it
           i●
           fitting
           to
           have
           the
           chief
           ●eat
           of
           the
           soul
           well
           guarded
           and
           
           
           
           covered
           .
           Others
           say
           it
           is
           the
           dress
           of
           one
           who
           loves
           travel
           :
           some
           again
           say
           it
           was
           to
           demonstrate
           the
           obscurity
           of
           his
           writings
           .
           And
           finally
           some
           that
           it
           was
           to
           testifie
           ,
           that
           we
           ought
           in
           our
           health
           time
           beware
           of
           such
           things
           as
           may
           be
           hurtful
           to
           us
           .
           Though
           some
           affirm
           it
           was
           because
           his
           cloak
           should
           not
           hinder
           him
           ,
           hanging
           about
           his
           hands
           when
           he
           was
           about
           to
           give
           Physick
           ,
           and
           that
           therefore
           he
           wrapped
           it
           up
           and
           cast
           it
           behind
           his
           head
           .
        
         
           There
           is
           great
           controversie
           about
           his
           writings
           ,
           so
           that
           the●e
           being
           several
           opinions
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           easie
           to
           assert
           any
           thing
           certainly
           concerning
           them
           ,
           for
           many
           causes
           which
           may
           obcure
           a
           mans
           judgement
           .
           As
           first
           his
           sirname
           Secondly
           because
           it
           is
           not
           possible
           to
           observe
           his
           phrase
           :
           Thirdly
           ,
           because
           that
           according
           to
           his
           age
           
           he
           alters
           it
           ,
           besides
           many
           other
           reasons
           ;
           I
           could
           (
           if
           I
           pleased
           )
           alleadge
           .
           He
           always
           contemned
           mony
           ,
           was
           pious
           ,
           and
           a
           lover
           of
           the
           Greeks
           .
           Wonderful
           well-affected
           to
           his
           own
           Countrymen
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           freed
           them
           all
           from
           the
           Pestilence
           ,
           as
           I
           said
           before
           ,
           wherby
           he
           was
           much
           honored
           both
           by
           them
           and
           the
           Argives
           and
           Athenians
           .
           He
           left
           two
           sons
           after
           his
           decease
           ,
           
             Thessalus
          
           and
           
             Draca
             ,
          
           and
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Disciples
           ;
           but
           his
           sons
           were
           the
           most
           famous
           .
        
      
       
       
       
       
         
           
             Hippocrates
          
           his
           Oath
           .
        
         
           
             I
          
           Swear
           by
           
             Apollo
          
           the
           Physician
           ,
           
             Aesculapius
             ,
             Hygiea
             ,
             Panacea
             ,
          
           and
           call
           all
           the
           Gods
           and
           Goddesses
           to
           witness
           ,
           that
           I
           will
           observe
           and
           keep
           this
           underwritten
           oath
           to
           the
           uttermost
           of
           my
           power
           &
           judgement
           .
           I
           wil
           reverence
           my
           Master
           who
           taught
           me
           this
           Art
           ,
           equally
           with
           my
           Parents
           ,
           will
           allow
           him
           things
           necessary
           for
           his
           life
           ,
           and
           will
           esteem
           his
           children
           as
           brothers
           ,
           and
           (
           do
           they
           desire
           it
           )
           will
           teach
           them
           this
           my
           Art
           without
           any
           salary
           or
           Covenant
           .
           I
           will
           participate
           all
           my
           instructions
           ,
           and
           Lectures
           and
           whatsoever
           I
           know
           else
           ,
           to
           all
           mine
           own
           and
           my
           Masters
           
           children
           ,
           yea
           and
           to
           all
           my
           schollers
           ,
           who
           shall
           in
           writing
           be
           bound
           to
           me
           ,
           and
           tyed
           by
           a
           Physical
           oath
           ,
           and
           to
           none
           else
           .
        
         
           And
           as
           what
           concerns
           curing
           of
           the
           sick
           ,
           I
           will
           to
           the
           uttermost
           of
           my
           power
           and
           judgement
           prescribe
           them
           their
           diet
           ,
           and
           will
           secure
           them
           from
           all
           detriment
           and
           injury
           .
           I
           will
           not
           by
           any
           mans
           intreaties
           be
           moved
           to
           minister
           poyson
           to
           any
           man
           ,
           nor
           give
           any
           advice
           to
           do
           it
           .
           Neither
           will
           I
           give
           a
           woman
           any
           Physick
           to
           make
           her
           miscarry
           of
           her
           birth
           :
           but
           will
           use
           mine
           Art
           and
           lead
           my
           life
           piously
           and
           chastly
           .
           I
           will
           cut
           none
           for
           the
           stone
           ,
           but
           leave
           that
           to
           skilful
           Chyrurgions
           .
           In
           what
           house
           soever
           I
           come
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           for
           the
           good
           of
           the
           sick
           ,
           and
           will
           abstain
           from
           offering
           any
           voluntary
           injury
           ,
           especially
           in
           any
           Veneral
           way
           to
           any
           such
           as
           I
           shall
           have
           to
           cure
           ,
           men
           or
           women
           ,
           bond
           or
           free
        
         
         
         
         
           Whatsoever
           I
           shall
           see
           or
           hear
           during
           my
           cure
           ,
           yea
           though
           I
           were
           not
           called
           to
           give
           physick
           ,
           but
           as
           it
           were
           being
           in
           a
           common
           conversation
           of
           life
           ,
           if
           they
           be
           not
           things
           fitting
           to
           be
           revealed
           ,
           I
           will
           conceal
           and
           keep
           them
           secret
           to
           my self
           .
           If
           I
           observe
           this
           oath
           faithfully
           ,
           may
           I
           thrive
           and
           prosper
           in
           mine
           Art
           and
           Living
           ,
           and
           grow
           famous
           to
           posterity
           .
           Or
           may
           the
           contrary
           happen
           to
           me
           upon
           breach
           of
           it
           .
        
      
       
       
       
         
           An
           exact
           Table
           shewing
           every
           Aphorism
           pertaining
           to
           every
           disease
           .
        
         
           
             Note
             the
             first
             number
             stands
             for
             Aphorism
             ,
             the
             second
             for
             Section
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               Of
               sickness
               of
               the
               head
               .
            
             REad
             Aph.
             71.
             
             Sect.
             4.
             64.
             5.
             67.
             5.
             40.
             2.
             5.
             
             ●
             .
             7.
             
             ●
             10.
             6.
             22.
             6.
             51.
             6.
             
             Lethargie
             ,
             read
             ●0
             .
             7.
             dead-sleep
             1.
             2.
             
             Overmuch
             waking
             3.
             2.
             
             Apoplexie
             57.
             6.
             42.
             2.
             43.
             2
             
             Melancholly
             24.
             6.
             56.
             6.
             11.
             6.
             9.
             4.
             
             Madness
             22.
             6.
             5.
             7.
             
             D●ating
             53.
             6.
             
             Sleep
             2.
             2.
             
             Falling-sickness
             46
             2.
             8.
             5.
             
          
           
           
             
               Of
               the
               dispositions
               of
               the
               Sinews
               .
            
             Palsie
             18.
             5.
             
             Cramp
             57.
             4.
             66.
             4.
             67.
             4.
             79.
             4.
             1.
             5.
             2.
             5.
             3
             
             :
             5.
             4.
             5.
             6.
             5.
             7.
             5.
             18.
             5.
             17.
             5.
             23.
             5.
             39.
             6.
             9.
             7.
             10.
             7.
             13.
             7.
             18.
             7.
             26.
             7.
             
             Astonishment
             .
             14.
             7.
             
             Of
             the
             wry
             mouth
             ,
             nose
             ,
             or
             lips
             ,
             49.
             4.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               dispositions
               if
               the
               Eys
               .
            
             12.
             3.
             13.
             3.
             14
             
             :
             3
             :
             18.
             3
             
             :
             17.
             3.
             22.
             3
             ,
             49.
             4.
             52.
             4.
             17.
             6.
             31.
             6.
             52.
             6.
             47.
             7.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               dispositions
               of
               the
               Ears
               .
            
             49
             ;
             4.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               dispositions
               of
               the
               Nose
               .
            
             2.
             6.
             40.
             2.
             23.
             3
             
             :
             14.
             3
             ,
             15.
             3
             
             :
             32
             ,
             3.
             36.
             7.
             25.
             5.
             
             Flux
             of
             blood
             
             
             
             at
             the
             Nose
             .
             37.
             3.
             27.
             4.
             60
             
             :
             4
             ▪
             75.
             4.
             32.
             5
             ,
             10.
             6.
             9.
             7
             
             ;
             Neesing
             34.
             5.
             12.
             6.
             52.
             7.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               divers
               dispositions
               of
               the
               Mouth
               and
               Tongue
               .
            
             25.
             3.
             32.
             6.
             
             Dispositions
             of
             the
             Teeth
             .
             26.
             3.
             53.
             4.
             26.
             3.
             
             Of
             the
             effects
             of
             the
             Throat
             ,
             23
             :
             3.
             34.
             4.
             37.
             4.
             11.
             5.
             37.
             6.
             60.
             7.
             
          
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               Breast
               and
               Lungs
               .
            
             68.
             4.
             
             Asthma
             46.
             6.
             the
             voice
             ,
             6.
             5.
             51.
             5.
             47.
             7.
             spitting
             of
             blood
             ,
             30.
             3
             67.
             4.
             47.
             4.
             14.
             5.
             10.
             6
             
             :
             15.
             7.
             37.
             8.
             
             Plurisie
             12.
             1.
             6.
             3.
             24.
             3.
             9.
             5.
             16.
             5
             
             :
             16.
             6.
             33.
             6
             
             Peripneumonia
             34.
             6.
             12.
             7.
             
             Enpiema
             or
             spitting
             of
             matter
             27.
             6.
             
             Pthisick
             11.
             3.
             14
             3.
             23.
             3
             ,
             30.
             3.
             8.
             4.
             10.
             5.
             15
             ,
             5.
             13.
             5.
             16.
             5
             ,
             64.
             5.
             16.
             7.
             
          
           
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               Heart
               .
            
             66.
             4.
             
             Affects
             of
             the
             paps
             ,
             36.
             5.
             27.
             5.
             38.
             5
             39.
             5
             50.
             5
             52
             5
             ,
             54
             5
          
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               Stomack
               .
            
             15.
             1.
             18.
             1.
             33.
             2.
             
             Difficulty
             of
             swallowing
             ,
             35.
             4.
             
             Pain
             of
             the
             Stomack
             ,
             66.
             4.
             21.
             2.
             
             Of
             thirst
             27.
             5
             
             Vomiting
             ,
             2.
             1.
             7.
             4.
             22.
             4.
             10.
             7.
             
             Of
             the
             Hicket
             45.
             13.
             6.
             15
             6.
             17.
             7.
             
          
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               Liver
               .
            
             Pain
             of
             the
             Liver
             ,
             53
             7.
             
             Aposthumes
             of
             the
             Liver
             ,
             60
             ,
             5.
             18.
             6.
             46.
             7.
             
             Dropsie
             23.
             3.
             86.
             22.
             6.
             11
             4.
             35
             6.
             43
             6.
             5.
             7
             
             ▪
             48.
             7.
             46.
             7.
             
             Of
             the
             hypocondres
             64.
             4.
             74.
             4.
             64.
             5.
             40.
             6.
             
          
           
           
           
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               Gall
               and
               Spleen
               .
            
             Jaundies
             ,
             64.
             4.
             63.
             4.
             71.
             5.
             42
             6.
             
             Of
             the
             Spleen
             23.
             3.
             43.
             6.
             48.
             6
          
           
             
               Fluxes
               of
               all
               kinds
               .
            
             14.
             2.
             21.
             4
             
             :
             22.
             4
             
             :
             23.
             4.
             24.
             4.
             26.
             4.
             28.
             4
             49.
             5.
             1.
             6.
             3.
             6.
             32.
             6
             43.
             6.
             48.
             6.
             5.
             7
             
             :
             24.
             7.
             30.
             7.
             31.
             7
             
             Pains
             of
             the
             intestines
             ,
             11.
             4.
             49.
             4
             
             ●
             .
             6.
             7.
             6.
             
             Iliac
             passion
             44.
             6.
             10.
             7
          
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               Fundament
               .
            
             11
             :
             6.
             12.
             6.
             
             Affects
             of
             the
             reins
             6.
             4.
             80.
             4.
             7.
             6
             35.
             7.
             36.
             7.
             37.
             7.
             55.
             7
          
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               Bladder
               .
            
             17.
             3.
             23.
             3.
             27.
             3.
             32.
             3.
             70.
             4.
             71.
             4
             73.
             4.
             72.
             4.
             74.
             4.
             75.
             4
             70
             4.
             76.
             4.
             77.
             4.
             75.
             4
             
             :
             80.
             4.
             82.
             4.
             
             83.2
             .
             84.4
             58.5
             19.6
             .
             44.4
             .
             32.
             7.
             34.7
             .
             35.7
             .
             39.7
             .
             40.7
             .
             49
             ▪
             7.
             
          
           
             
               Affects
               of
               the
               members
               of
               Generation
               in
               men
               .
            
             63.
             5.
             19.
             6.
             
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               affects
               of
               the
               members
               of
               Generation
               in
               women
               .
            
             13.3
             .
             1.4
             .
             28.5
             .
             29
             5.
             5
             30.
             5.31
             .
             5
             32.5
             .
             33.5
             .
             34
             5.
             35.5
             .
             36.5
             :
             37
             5.
             38.5
             .
             ●9
             .
             6
             .
             40.5
             .
             41.5
             .
             42.5
             .
             43
             5.
             44.5
             .
             45.5
             .
             46.5
             .
             47.5
             .
             48.5
             49.5
             .
             50.5
             .
             51.5
             52.5
             .
             53
             5.
             54.5
             .
             55.5
             .
             56.5
             .
             57.5
             .
             59.5
             .
             60.5
             .
             61.5
             .
             62.5
             .
             28.7
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               the
               Affects
               that
               do
               appear
               in
               the
               Exteame
               parts
               .
            
             46.2
             .
             20.4
             .
             31.4
             .
             33.4
             .
             44.4
             .
             25.5
             .
             21.6
             .
             22.6
             ,
             28.6
             .
             29.6
             .
             30
             
             
             
             6.
             34.6
             .
             49.7
             .
             49.6
             .
             55
             6.
             59
             6.
             60.5
             .
          
           
             
               Aphorisms
               touching
               Feavers
               .
            
             12.1
             .
             14.1
             .
             23.2
             .
             25.2
             .
             26.2
             :
             28.2
             .
             30.2
             .
             34.2
             .
             7.3
             .
             8.3
             .
             10.3
             .
             12.3
             .
             22.3
             .
             29.4
             .
             31.4
             .
             44.4
             .
             43.
             4.
             46.4
             .
             48.4
             .
             45.4
             .
             49.4
             .
             50.4
             .
             51.4
             52.4
             .
             53.4
             .
             55.4
             .
             56.4
             .
             67.
             4.
             50.4
             .
             60.4
             .
             62.4
             .
             63.4
             .
             94.4
             .
             66.4
             .
             67.4
             68.4
             .
             69.4
             .
             26.6
             .
             54
             6.
             71.4
             .
          
           
             
               Of
               Diet
               to
               be
               observed
               in
               Feavers
               .
            
             4.1
             .
             5.1
             .
             6.1
             .
             7.1
             .
             8.1
             .
             9.1
             .
             10
             1.
             11.1
             .
             13.1
             .
             14.1
             .
             15.1
             .
             16.1
             .
             17.1
             .
             18.1
             .
             19.1
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
       
       
         
           The
           
             Aphorisms
          
           of
           
             Hippocrates
          
           Prince
           of
           Physicians
           .
        
         
           
             SECT.
             I.
             
          
           
             
               The
               Argument
               .
            
             
               This
               first
               Section
               doth
               for
               the
               most
               part
               handle
               the
               Dietary
               part
               of
               Physicck
               ,
               prescribing
               not
               onely
               the
               measure
               and
               observation
               in
               meats
               and
               drinks
               for
               sound
               bodies
               ,
               but
               also
               for
               those
               that
               are
               sick
               and
               diseased
               ,
               with
               a
               moderation
               of
               Labour
               and
               Exercise
               .
            
          
           
             
               APHORISM
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               LIfe
               ●is
               short
               ,
               the
               art
               is
               long
               ,
               occasion
               suddain
               ,
               experince
               dangerous
               ,
               judgement
               difficult
               .
               Neither
               is
               it
               suffent
               that
               the
               Physician
               doe
               his
               office
               ,
               unless
               the
               Patient
               ,
               and
               those
               which
               are
               attendants
               about
               him
               do
               their
               duty
               ,
               and
               that
               outward
               
               things
               be
               as
               well
               ordered
               ,
               as
               those
               that
               are
               given
               inwardly
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 an
                 Introduction
                 or
                 Proeme
                 to
                 the
                 whole
                 Work
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               2.
               
            
             
               In
               distemperatures
               ,
               loosnesses
               ,
               Fluxes
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               and
               Vomitings
               which
               do
               com
               of
               their
               own
               accord
               if
               such
               things
               be
               purged
               as
               ought
               to
               be
               purged
               ,
               they
               are
               easily
               endured
               ,
               and
               are
               profitable
               ,
               otherwise
               it
               falleth
               out
               contrary
               .
               In
               like
               sort
               if
               an
               emptying
               of
               vessels
               be
               done
               as
               it
               should
               be
               ,
               it
               doth
               good
               as
               is
               easily
               suffered
               ,
               otherwise
               it
               doth
               work
               contrary
               effects
               .
               Wherefore
               consideration
               is
               to
               be
               had
               both
               of
               the
               region
               and
               the
               time
               ,
               and
               also
               of
               the
               age
               and
               the
               quality
               of
               the
               disease
               for
               which
               such
               things
               ought
               to
               be
               evacuated
               ,
               or
               else
               not
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 Physician
                 ought
                 in
                 all
                 
                 
                 
                 things
                 to
                 imitate
                 and
                 assist
                 Nature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               3.
               
            
             
               The
               full
               habit
               and
               state
               of
               the
               bodies
               of
               wrestlers
               ,
               if
               it
               comes
               to
               the
               highest
               degree
               of
               fulness
               is
               dangerous
               ;
               for
               it
               cannot
               continue
               and
               remain
               in
               the
               same
               state
               ,
               and
               when
               it
               cannot
               so
               remain
               nor
               grow
               into
               a
               better
               habit
               ,
               it
               remains
               ,
               that
               it
               must
               needs
               decline
               into
               a
               worse
               .
               Wherefore
               that
               over
               full
               plight
               of
               body
               must
               speedily
               be
               dissolved
               ,
               to
               the
               end
               it
               may
               take
               a
               beginning
               of
               new
               nourishment
               :
               Neither
               must
               we
               proceed
               so
               far
               that
               the
               vessels
               be
               quite
               empty
               ,
               and
               void
               (
               for
               that
               is
               dangerous
               )
               but
               we
               must
               proceed
               so
               far
               as
               Nature
               will
               bear
               and
               tolerate
               .
               So
               extreme
               evacuations
               are
               perilous
               ,
               and
               extreme
               repletitions
               are
               likewise
               dangerous
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 former
                 Aphorism
                 was
                 of
                 the
                 quality
                 of
                 humors
                 to
                 be
                 evacuated
                 
                 now
                 this
                 and
                 those
                 which
                 follow
                 ,
                 treat
                 of
                 the
                 quantity
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               4.
               
            
             
               A
               small
               and
               slender
               diet
               in
               long
               and
               lingering
               diseases
               is
               always
               dangerous
               ,
               and
               in
               sharp
               diseases
               likewise
               ,
               when
               it
               is
               not
               convenient
               ,
               and
               again
               diet
               reduced
               to
               extreme
               slenderness
               ,
               is
               as
               full
               of
               peril
               ,
               as
               extreme
               repletion
               ,
               and
               fulness
               in
               laborious
               and
               painful
               .
            
             
               
                 In
                 this
                 Aphorism
                 Hippocrat●●
                 speaks
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 diet
                 which
                 fick
                 men
                 ought
                 to
                 use
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               5.
               
            
             
               The
               sick
               may
               offend
               in
               a
               slender
               diet
               ,
               for
               thereby
               it
               happeneth
               that
               they
               grow
               worse
               ,
               for
               every
               error
               in
               this
               case
               is
               more
               dangerous
               ,
               then
               in
               a
               somwhat
               fuller
               diet
               .
               For
               the
               same
               cause
               ,
               a
               very
               slender
               and
               too
               precise
               a
               diet
               ,
               is
               somewhat
               dangerous
               to
               sound
               and
               healthful
               bodies
               ,
               because
               they
               endure
               
               
               
               the
               errors
               thereof
               with
               more
               difficulty
               .
               Wherefore
               a
               thin
               and
               exact
               manner
               of
               diet
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               more
               dangerous
               ,
               then
               that
               which
               is
               a
               little
               more
               full
               and
               plentiful
               then
               should
               be
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 saith
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 ;
                 for
                 Hippocrates
                 meaning
                 is
                 not
                 that
                 a
                 slender
                 diet
                 is
                 absolutely
                 hurtful
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               6.
               
            
             
               To
               extreme
               diseases
               ,
               extreme
               and
               exquisite
               remedies
               are
               best
               .
            
             
               
                 Extreme
                 diseases
                 are
                 call'd
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 most
                 sharp
                 and
                 acute
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               7.
               
            
             
               When
               therefore
               the
               disease
               is
               very
               sharp
               and
               hath
               presently
               most
               extreme
               passions
               and
               pains
               ,
               we
               must
               use
               a
               most
               exceeding
               slender
               diet
               when
               it
               is
               so
               .
               But
               when
               it
               is
               not
               so
               ,
               we
               may
               use
               a
               fuller
               diet
               ,
               and
               as
               the
               disease
               declineth
               ,
               we
               may
               by
               little
               increase
               the
               diet
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 passions
                 and
                 pains
                 he
                 means
                 
                 symptomes
                 ,
                 which
                 in
                 these
                 very
                 sharp
                 diseases
                 are
                 seldom
                 but
                 ac●ompanied
                 with
                 hot
                 Feavers
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               8.
               
            
             
               When
               the
               force
               of
               the
               disease
               is
               greatest
               ,
               then
               a
               most
               sparing
               diet
               is
               to
               be
               observed
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 enjoyns
                 that
                 in
                 general
                 which
                 the
                 former
                 doth
                 give
                 order
                 to
                 be
                 done
                 in
                 some
                 particular
                 diseases
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               9.
               
            
             
               But
               we
               must
               consider
               and
               conjecture
               by
               the
               sick
               man
               ,
               whether
               he
               be
               able
               to
               hold
               out
               ,
               and
               persist
               with
               the
               prescribed
               diet
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               state
               and
               uttermost
               extremity
               of
               the
               disease
               ,
               or
               may
               faint
               or
               fail
               and
               being
               too
               weak
               with
               such
               diet
               ,
               may
               yield
               the
               victory
               to
               the
               disease
               ,
               before
               it
               retire
               ,
               and
               be
               overcome
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 the
                 patient
                 were
                 able
                 to
                 indure
                 without
                 food
                 ,
                 till
                 the
                 extre
                 -
                 
              
               
               
               or
               course
               :
               in
               the
               recourse
               of
               those
               fits
               ,
               we
               must
               use
               abstinence
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 speaks
                 of
                 intermitting
                 diseases
                 ,
                 which
                 leave
                 men
                 for
                 a
                 season
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 return
                 again
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               12.
               
            
             
               The
               fits
               and
               kinds
               of
               the
               diseases
               ,
               the
               seasons
               of
               the
               year
               ,
               and
               the
               observation
               of
               the
               alteration
               of
               the
               times
               of
               the
               fits
               return
               ,
               if
               they
               come
               again
               every
               other
               day
               ,
               or
               after
               a
               longer
               interval
               of
               time
               ,
               will
               shew
               the
               sharp
               invasions
               or
               extremities
               of
               the
               diseases
               ▪
               Likewise
               signs
               and
               tokens
               are
               taken
               from
               those
               things
               which
               appear
               afterwards
               ,
               as
               for
               example
               in
               a
               Plurisie
               ,
               if
               the
               corrupt
               matter
               ,
               avoided
               by
               spitting
               ,
               appear
               presently
               in
               the
               beginning
               ,
               it
               declares
               the
               disease
               will
               be
               but
               short
               ;
               but
               if
               it
               be
               longer
               before
               it
               do
               appear
               ,
               it
               declareth
               a
               longer
               continuance
               of
               it
               .
               Moreover
               Urines
               ,
               excrements
               
               
               
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               and
               swets
               declare
               whither
               the
               diseases
               will
               prove
               easie
               ,
               or
               difficult
               ,
               short
               or
               long
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 diseases
                 come
                 in
                 summer
                 ,
                 they
                 will
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 proceed
                 from
                 choller
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 fits
                 come
                 every
                 third
                 day
                 ,
                 and
                 last
                 a
                 short
                 time
                 ,
                 if
                 in
                 wiuter
                 they
                 will
                 proceed
                 chiefly
                 from
                 Phlegm
                 ,
                 the
                 fits
                 come
                 every
                 day
                 and
                 last
                 longer
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               13.
               
            
             
               Old
               men
               easily
               endure
               fasting
               ,
               those
               who
               are
               in
               their
               declining
               age
               not
               so
               well
               ,
               young
               men
               worse
               ,
               and
               children
               worst
               of
               all
               ,
               especially
               those
               who
               are
               of
               a
               more
               lively
               spirit
               .
            
             
               
                 Old
                 when
                 they
                 are
                 above
                 50
                 until
                 70
                 ,
                 for
                 those
                 who
                 are
                 decrepit
                 ought
                 to
                 feed
                 often
                 ,
                 but
                 a
                 little
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               14.
               
            
             
               Those
               bodies
               that
               grow
               ,
               have
               
               much
               natural
               heat
               ,
               therefore
               they
               require
               great
               store
               of
               food
               ,
               or
               else
               the
               body
               consumeth
               .
               But
               old
               men
               have
               little
               heat
               in
               them
               ,
               therefore
               they
               require
               but
               a
               little
               food
               :
               for
               much
               nourishment
               extinguisheth
               that
               heat
               .
               And
               this
               is
               the
               reason
               that
               old
               men
               have
               not
               very
               acute
               Feavers
               ,
               because
               their
               bodies
               are
               not
               so
               hot
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 shews
                 the
                 reasons
                 of
                 the
                 precedent
                 ,
                 namely
                 why
                 old
                 men
                 can
                 endure
                 fasting
                 better
                 then
                 young
                 men
                 and
                 children
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ,
               15.
               
            
             
               The
               venters
               by
               nature
               are
               most
               hot
               in
               winter
               ,
               and
               in
               the
               Spring
               ,
               and
               sleep
               most
               long
               .
               Wherefore
               in
               those
               seasons
               more
               abundant
               food
               ought
               to
               be
               allowed
               ,
               because
               they
               have
               most
               natural
               heat
               ;
               whereby
               it
               cometh
               to
               pass
               ,
               tha●
               they
               need
               more
               abundant
               food
               .
               Of
               which
               thing
               the
               differences
               of
               
               
               
               ages
               ,
               and
               wrestlers
               bodies
               ,
               are
               sufficient
               proofs
               .
            
             
               
                 Venters
                 are
                 the
                 stomach
                 and
                 bellie
                 .
                 And
                 sleep
                 increaseth
                 the
                 natural
                 heat
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               16.
               
            
             
               Moist
               diet
               is
               good
               for
               all
               that
               are
               troubled
               with
               Agues
               ,
               especially
               for
               children
               and
               others
               who
               are
               accustomed
               to
               such
               diet
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 Agues
                 are
                 dry
                 ,
                 and
                 because
                 custom
                 is
                 a
                 kind
                 of
                 an
                 acquired
                 nature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               17.
               
            
             
               We
               must
               also
               consider
               whom
               it
               may
               be
               convenient
               to
               feed
               once
               or
               twice
               a
               day
               ,
               more
               or
               less
               ,
               and
               by
               little
               and
               little
               :
               we
               must
               attribute
               something
               also
               to
               custom
               ,
               age
               ,
               season
               ,
               and
               region
               .
            
             
               
                 Having
                 before
                 spoken
                 of
                 the
                 quantity
                 and
                 quality
                 of
                 food
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 he
                 now
                 speaks
                 how
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 wherein
                 he
                 saith
                 
                 custom
                 ,
                 time
                 ,
                 country
                 ,
                 and
                 age
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               18.
               
            
             
               Sick
               folk
               do
               most
               hardly
               brook
               store
               of
               meat
               in
               Summer
               ,
               in
               Winter
               most
               easily
               ,
               in
               the
               Spring
               time
               in
               a
               meaner
               manner
               .
            
             
               
                 Here
                 he
                 expounds
                 more
                 particularly
                 what
                 he
                 spoke
                 generally
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 Aphorism
                 ,
                 and
                 saith
                 that
                 in
                 Summer
                 they
                 brook
                 no
                 store
                 of
                 food
                 ,
                 the
                 reason
                 is
                 because
                 then
                 the
                 native
                 heat
                 is
                 weak
                 and
                 languisheth
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 Autumn
                 the
                 bodies
                 are
                 obstructed
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 Winter
                 ,
                 the
                 Venters
                 (
                 namely
                 the
                 stomach
                 and
                 those
                 parts
                 )
                 are
                 very
                 hot
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 sleep
                 is
                 long
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 Spring
                 the
                 natural
                 heat
                 evaporates
                 more
                 then
                 in
                 Wiuter
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               19.
               
            
             
               Nothing
               must
               be
               given
               to
               them
               neither
               must
               they
               be
               constrained
               to
               take
               meat
               ,
               which
               have
               fits
               returning
               
               
               
               at
               certain
               determined
               courses
               :
               but
               we
               ought
               to
               diminish
               food
               ,
               before
               manifest
               tokens
               appeare
               to
               judge
               of
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 To
                 the
                 end
                 that
                 Nature
                 may
                 not
                 be
                 called
                 away
                 from
                 its
                 concoction
                 and
                 digestion
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               20.
               
            
             
               We
               ought
               not
               to
               move
               ,
               alter
               ,
               or
               change
               those
               things
               which
               are
               or
               justly
               have
               been
               justly
               determined
               by
               Nature
               ,
               either
               with
               medicines
               or
               other
               procurements
               ,
               but
               to
               let
               them
               alone
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 Nature
                 by
                 her
                 determiation
                 having
                 shewn
                 she
                 is
                 of
                 herself
                 strong
                 enough
                 ,
                 needs
                 no
                 help
                 of
                 art
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               21
            
             
               Carry
               those
               things
               which
               are
               ●o
               be
               drawn
               out
               thither
               whether
               they
               shall
               seem
               to
               encline
               and
               bend
               ,
               by
               such
               ways
               and
               places
               as
               are
               fittest
               for
               conveyance
               and
               expulsion
               .
            
             
             
               
                 If
                 Nature
                 be
                 not
                 able
                 of
                 her self
                 (
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 Aphorism
                 )
                 to
                 expel
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 the
                 disease
                 ,
                 then
                 let
                 Art
                 help
                 ,
                 to
                 do
                 it
                 that
                 way
                 as
                 Nature
                 enclines
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               22.
               
            
             
               We
               must
               move
               with
               Medicine
               those
               things
               which
               are
               concocted
               and
               digested
               ,
               and
               not
               those
               which
               are
               raw
               and
               undigested
               .
               Neither
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               diseases
               ,
               unless
               they
               be
               provoked
               by
               their
               own
               force
               and
               violence
               ,
               which
               very
               seldom
               cometh
               to
               pass
               .
            
             
               
                 Nature
                 after
                 concoction
                 doth
                 segregate
                 and
                 expel
                 humors
                 ;
                 which
                 if
                 she
                 be
                 too
                 languid
                 to
                 do
                 ,
                 then
                 it
                 is
                 good
                 to
                 help
                 it
                 with
                 medicines
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               23.
               
            
             
               Things
               evacuated
               and
               purged
               are
               not
               to
               be
               estimated
               by
               thē
               multitude
               ,
               but
               advisedly
               to
               be
               considered
               if
               those
               things
               be
               avoided
               and
               sen●forth
               ,
               which
               should
               and
               
               
               
               purged
               ,
               which
               should
               be
               ,
               it
               doth
               good
               ,
               and
               the
               sick
               may
               easily
               suffer
               it
               ,
               but
               if
               the
               contrary
               be
               evacuated
               ,
               they
               do
               painfully
               endure
               it
               .
            
             
               
                 Having
                 in
                 this
                 latter
                 part
                 of
                 this
                 Section
                 spoken
                 of
                 purges
                 given
                 by
                 Physicians
                 .
                 He
                 sets
                 down
                 this
                 to
                 put
                 us
                 again
                 in
                 mind
                 of
                 those
                 purgations
                 which
                 come
                 voluntarily
                 from
                 Nature
                 .
                 Having
                 said
                 the
                 same
                 thing
                 of
                 them
                 in
                 the
                 second
                 Aphorism
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
         
         
         
           
             SECT.
             II.
             
          
           
             
               The
               Argument
               .
            
             
               This
               second
               Section
               ,
               of
               which
               the
               universal
               and
               plenary
               intention
               cannot
               well
               be
               assigned
               and
               set
               down
               ,
               hath
               many
               things
               appertaining
               to
               the
               Doctrine
               of
               Ages
               ,
               Signes
               ,
               Nature
               ,
               and
               Purgation
               .
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               1.
               
            
             
               IF
               sleep
               bring
               labour
               and
               pain
               in
               the
               disease
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               mortal
               sign
               :
               but
               if
               it
               bring
               ease
               and
               mitigation
               of
               pain
               ,
               the
               sign
               is
               not
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 Sleep
                 may
                 hurt
                 in
                 two
                 kindes
                 :
                 the
                 one
                 is
                 common
                 ,
                 when
                 sick
                 men
                 sleep
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 their
                 fits
                 .
                 The
                 other
                 is
                 proper
                 when
                 they
                 slelp
                 
                 at
                 any
                 other
                 times
                 .
                 Here
                 we
                 must
                 conceive
                 he
                 speaks
                 of
                 the
                 last
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               2.
               
            
             
               When
               a
               Delirium
               or
               raving
               is
               appeased
               by
               sleep
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               good
               signe
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 is
                 an
                 example
                 of
                 the
                 universal
                 assertion
                 in
                 the
                 preceding
                 Aphorism
                 ,
                 now
                 the
                 reason
                 of
                 it
                 is
                 because
                 nothing
                 causeth
                 and
                 nourisheth
                 raving
                 more
                 then
                 want
                 of
                 sleep
                 ;
                 therefore
                 if
                 that
                 cause
                 it
                 to
                 cease
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 signe
                 death
                 is
                 approaching
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               3
            
             
               Sleep
               and
               watching
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               immoderate
               ,
               and
               shall
               exceed
               a
               mean
               ,
               are
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 all
                 immoderate
                 things
                 are
                 enemies
                 and
                 adverse
                 to
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 too
                 much
                 sleep
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 that
                 the
                 brain
                 is
                 too
                 cool
                 and
                 moist
                 ,
                 and
                 too
                 little
                 argues
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 too
                 dry
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               4.
               
            
             
               Neither
               satiety
               nor
               hunger
               ,
               
               
               
               neither
               any
               other
               thing
               which
               shall
               exceed
               the
               measure
               of
               Nature
               ,
               can
               be
               good
               or
               healthful
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 health
                 is
                 defined
                 to
                 be
                 a
                 symmetry
                 and
                 just
                 proportion
                 ,
                 and
                 besides
                 too
                 much
                 fasting
                 fils
                 the
                 ventricle
                 with
                 evil
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               5.
               
            
             
               Weariness
               and
               dulness
               proceeding
               of
               their
               own
               accord
               ,
               signifie
               diseases
               to
               come
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 such
                 a
                 weariness
                 as
                 comes
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 immoderate
                 exercise
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               6.
               
            
             
               They
               which
               suffer
               pain
               of
               any
               part
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               and
               do
               not
               in
               a
               manner
               feel
               it
               ,
               have
               their
               understanding
               distempered
               and
               diseased
               .
            
             
               
                 That
                 is
                 to
                 say
                 ,
                 have
                 any
                 disease
                 or
                 sore
                 which
                 causeth
                 pain
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 feel
                 it
                 not
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               7.
               
            
             
               Bodies
               extenuated
               and
               wasted
               
               with
               long
               sickness
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               restored
               and
               refreshed
               by
               little
               and
               little
               ,
               but
               those
               which
               have
               been
               brought
               low
               quickly
               and
               in
               short
               time
               ,
               are
               sooner
               to
               be
               restored
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 in
                 those
                 who
                 are
                 wasted
                 with
                 long
                 sickness
                 ,
                 the
                 flesh
                 is
                 wasted
                 ;
                 in
                 those
                 who
                 are
                 quickly
                 brought
                 low
                 ,
                 the
                 spirits
                 onely
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 sooner
                 be
                 restored
                 then
                 the
                 flesh
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               8.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               man
               eating
               meat
               after
               sickness
               ,
               doth
               not
               recover
               strength
               it
               argues
               his
               body
               is
               burthened
               and
               oppressed
               with
               too
               much
               store
               of
               food
               .
               But
               if
               the
               same
               happen
               to
               one
               feeding
               meanly
               ,
               we
               must
               understand
               that
               he
               hath
               need
               of
               evacuation
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 body
                 being
                 oppressed
                 with
                 noxious
                 humors
                 ,
                 they
                 hinder
                 concoction
                 ,
                 wherefore
                 the
                 said
                 humors
                 must
                 first
                 be
                 evacuated
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               9.
               
            
             
               How
               much
               the
               more
               thou
               shalt
               nourish
               and
               cherish
               impure
               bodies
               ,
               by
               so
               much
               the
               more
               thou
               shalt
               harm
               and
               hurt
               them
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 gives
                 a
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 Aphorism
                 .
                 Namely
                 ,
                 because
                 the
                 aliment
                 which
                 you
                 give
                 to
                 such
                 bodies
                 increases
                 the
                 quantity
                 of
                 vicious
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               10.
               
            
             
               He
               who
               will
               purge
               bodies
               ,
               must
               first
               make
               them
               fluxible
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 two
                 ways
                 ,
                 either
                 by
                 opening
                 the
                 passages
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 cutting
                 off
                 and
                 extennating
                 the
                 thick
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               11.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               more
               easie
               to
               be
               restored
               with
               drink
               then
               with
               meat
               .
            
             
               
                 That
                 is
                 to
                 say
                 with
                 a
                 liquid
                 aliment
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 is
                 sooner
                 altered
                 and
                 distributed
                 then
                 a
                 solid
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 yet
                 greater
                 speed
                 be
                 required
                 ,
                 they
                 may
                 be
                 recreated
                 with
                 odours
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               12.
               
            
             
               Those
               things
               which
               are
               left
               behind
               after
               the
               Crysis
               ,
               are
               wont
               to
               bring
               forth
               relapses
               .
            
             
               
                 Left
                 because
                 the
                 matter
                 was
                 not
                 fit
                 to
                 be
                 expeld
                 ,
                 or
                 Nature
                 was
                 so
                 weakened
                 by
                 sickness
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 was
                 not
                 able
                 to
                 expel
                 all
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               13.
               
            
             
               The
               night
               which
               goeth
               before
               the
               fit
               or
               invasion
               is
               tedious
               ,
               but
               the
               night
               following
               is
               commonly
               more
               easie
               .
            
             
               
                 We
                 feel
                 the
                 pains
                 of
                 diseases
                 more
                 by
                 night
                 ,
                 then
                 by
                 day
                 ,
                 because
                 in
                 the
                 day
                 time
                 ,
                 all
                 the
                 senses
                 being
                 awaked
                 are
                 imployed
                 about
                 some
                 other
                 thing
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               14.
               
            
             
               The
               alteration
               of
               the
               excrements
               ,
               not
               made
               to
               the
               worse
               part
               in
               fluxes
               of
               the
               belly
               is
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 that
                 those
                 noxious
                 
                 
                 
                 humors
                 which
                 by
                 the
                 excrements
                 appeared
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 are
                 voided
                 and
                 gone
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               15.
               
            
             
               When
               the
               upper
               parts
               of
               the
               throat
               or
               gullet
               are
               sore
               or
               a
               breaking
               out
               of
               wheals
               doth
               arise
               in
               the
               body
               ,
               it
               behoveth
               us
               to
               look
               upon
               the
               excrements
               ,
               for
               if
               they
               be
               cholerick
               ,
               the
               body
               is
               also
               sick
               ,
               but
               if
               they
               be
               like
               the
               excrements
               of
               sound
               persons
               ,
               the
               body
               may
               be
               cherished
               without
               danger
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 the
                 excrements
                 make
                 no
                 show
                 of
                 any
                 further
                 inward
                 diseases
                 those
                 wheals
                 signifie
                 that
                 Nature
                 hath
                 been
                 strong
                 enough
                 of
                 her self
                 to
                 drive
                 out
                 the
                 evil
                 humors
                 into
                 those
                 external
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               16.
               
            
             
               When
               hunger
               beareth
               sway
               ,
               we
               must
               rest
               from
               much
               stirring
               or
               labour
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 hunger
                 and
                 exercise
                 together
                 ,
                 would
                 cast
                 down
                 strength
                 ,
                 and
                 dry
                 up
                 the
                 bodie
                 too
                 much
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               17.
               
            
             
               When
               over
               much
               meat
               is
               received
               against
               Nature
               ,
               it
               causeth
               sickness
               as
               the
               manner
               of
               curing
               diseases
               proceeding
               from
               repletion
               doth
               declare
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 oppresses
                 Nature
                 now
                 those
                 diseases
                 are
                 cured
                 by
                 evacuation
                 ,
                 which
                 shews
                 they
                 were
                 caused
                 by
                 repletion
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               18.
               
            
             
               Those
               thlngs
               which
               nourish
               speedily
               and
               plentifully
               ,
               are
               quickly
               excreted
               and
               voided
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 being
                 speedily
                 concocted
                 and
                 digested
                 the
                 excrements
                 must
                 also
                 of
                 necessity
                 have
                 a
                 speedy
                 passage
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               19.
               
            
             
               Praedictions
               of
               death
               or
               health
               in
               sharp
               diseases
               are
               not
               altogether
               certain
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 suddain
                 changes
                 which
                 happen
                 in
                 them
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 the
                 humors
                 ;
                 which
                 cause
                 those
                 sharp
                 diseases
                 :
                 and
                 because
                 the
                 molestant
                 humor
                 runs
                 out
                 of
                 one
                 part
                 into
                 another
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               20.
               
            
             
               They
               which
               in
               young
               age
               have
               a
               moist
               and
               loose
               belly
               ,
               in
               old
               age
               have
               it
               dry
               .
               But
               those
               who
               have
               it
               dry
               in
               their
               young
               age
               ,
               have
               it
               moist
               when
               they
               are
               old
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 understood
                 of
                 those
                 who
                 continue
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 diet
                 when
                 they
                 are
                 old
                 ,
                 which
                 they
                 used
                 in
                 their
                 younger
                 years
                 ,
                 otherwise
                 it
                 would
                 not
                 be
                 any
                 way
                 remarkable
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               21.
               
            
             
               Drinking
               of
               strong
               wine
               ,
               putteth
               away
               hunger
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 hunger
                 here
                 is
                 meant
                 a
                 disease
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Appetitus
                 Caninus
                 ,
                 or
                 Appetentia
                 Canina
                 ,
                 and
                 
                 those
                 who
                 are
                 diseased
                 therewith
                 can
                 never
                 be
                 satisfyed
                 ,
                 though
                 they
                 eat
                 never
                 so
                 much
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               22.
               
            
             
               Diseases
               which
               are
               bred
               of
               satiety
               and
               surfeting
               are
               cured
               by
               evacuation
               and
               those
               which
               proceed
               from
               emptiness
               are
               cured
               by
               fulness
               ,
               and
               so
               in
               the
               rest
               ,
               contraries
               are
               the
               remedies
               of
               contraries
               .
            
             
               
                 Neither
                 must
                 these
                 contraries
                 be
                 used
                 in
                 an
                 extreme
                 degree
                 ,
                 for
                 neither
                 too
                 much
                 repletion
                 nor
                 too
                 much
                 evacuation
                 can
                 conveniently
                 be
                 endured
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               23.
               
            
             
               Acute
               and
               sharp
               diseases
               are
               judged
               within
               fourteen
               days
               .
            
             
               
                 Though
                 some
                 may
                 be
                 judged
                 before
                 ,
                 yet
                 fourteen
                 days
                 is
                 the
                 uttermost
                 day
                 that
                 can
                 be
                 expected
                 for
                 the
                 judgement
                 or
                 Crysis
                 of
                 such
                 diseases
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               24
            
             
               The
               fourth
               day
               is
               the
               Index
               of
               the
               seventh
               ,
               the
               eighth
               the
               begining
               of
               the
               week
               following
               .
               Also
               the
               eleventh
               day
               is
               to
               be
               considered
               ,
               for
               that
               is
               the
               fourth
               day
               of
               the
               second
               week
               And
               again
               the
               seventeenth
               day
               is
               to
               be
               considered
               ,
               being
               the
               fourth
               from
               the
               fourteenth
               ,
               and
               the
               seventh
               from
               the
               eleventh
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 hath
                 taught
                 us
                 that
                 acute
                 diseases
                 run
                 out
                 to
                 a
                 Crysis
                 within
                 fourteen
                 days
                 ,
                 which
                 he
                 here
                 explains
                 ,
                 and
                 shews
                 which
                 are
                 the
                 Critical
                 days
                 for
                 three
                 weeks
                 together
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               25.
               
            
             
               Summer
               Quartan
               Feavers
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               short
               :
               but
               the
               Autumnal
               long
               ,
               especially
               those
               which
               remain
               till
               Winter
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 in
                 Summer
                 the
                 superfluous
                 humors
                 being
                 driven
                 into
                 the
                 outward
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 are
                 
                 quickly
                 expelled
                 through
                 the
                 pores
                 ,
                 but
                 they
                 last
                 longer
                 in
                 Autumn
                 ,
                 for
                 they
                 are
                 some
                 way
                 peculiar
                 to
                 that
                 season
                 ,
                 because
                 by
                 the
                 forerunning
                 Summer
                 the
                 faculties
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 are
                 weakened
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 Winter
                 by
                 reason
                 that
                 then
                 the
                 humors
                 are
                 thickened
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 pores
                 shut
                 up
                 by
                 the
                 ambient
                 cold
                 .
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 but
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 ,
                 for
                 sometimes
                 it
                 may
                 prove
                 otherways
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               26.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               better
               that
               a
               Feaver
               should
               succeed
               a
               Convulsion
               ,
               then
               Convulsion
               a
               Feaver
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 a
                 Convulsion
                 precede
                 a
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 fulness
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 easily
                 cured
                 by
                 evacuation
                 ,
                 but
                 if
                 it
                 succeeds
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 emptiness
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 very
                 dangerous
                 for
                 the
                 Patient
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               27.
               
            
             
               We
               ought
               not
               to
               be
               too
               confident
               if
               a
               sharp
               disease
               slacken
               
               
               
               without
               any
               reason
               .
               Neither
               much
               fear
               those
               diseases
               which
               happen
               without
               any
               reason
               .
               For
               most
               of
               them
               are
               uncertain
               ,
               and
               do
               not
               usually
               last
               long
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 it
                 slacken
                 without
                 reason
                 ,
                 it
                 threatens
                 a
                 relapse
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 it
                 come
                 without
                 reason
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 much
                 to
                 be
                 feared
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 will
                 fall
                 having
                 no
                 good
                 foundation
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               28.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               body
               of
               those
               which
               have
               a
               sharp
               Feaver
               abide
               all
               at
               one
               stay
               ,
               and
               is
               nothing
               abated
               ,
               or
               else
               is
               melted
               and
               wasted
               away
               beyond
               reason
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               very
               evil
               signe
               ,
               for
               the
               first
               doth
               signifie
               a
               continuance
               of
               the
               disease
               ,
               and
               the
               latter
               a
               great
               imbecility
               of
               Nature
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 first
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 a
                 density
                 or
                 thickness
                 of
                 the
                 skin
                 ,
                 and
                 thickness
                 and
                 gluttinousness
                 of
                 humors
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 latter
                 by
                 a
                 thinness
                 
                 or
                 tenuity
                 of
                 the
                 skin
                 ,
                 and
                 extenuation
                 of
                 humors
                 which
                 commonly
                 is
                 followed
                 by
                 imbecility
                 of
                 Nature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               29.
               
            
             
               In
               the
               beginning
               of
               diseases
               if
               there
               appears
               cause
               for
               moving
               of
               any
               thing
               ;
               move
               it
               .
               But
               when
               they
               are
               in
               their
               state
               it
               is
               far
               better
               to
               let
               it
               alone
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 reason
                 of
                 this
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 laid
                 down
                 in
                 the
                 next
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               30.
               
            
             
               Abo●●
               the
               beginnings
               and
               ends
               of
               dis●●se●
               all
               things
               〈…〉
               calm
               and
               remis●
               ▪
               in
               〈…〉
               d
               state
               more
               vehement
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 but
                 the
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 precedent
                 ,
                 and
                 explains
                 the
                 formers
                 and
                 its
                 own
                 meaning
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               31.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               body
               thrive
               not
               with
               him
               who
               after
               a
               disease
               feedeth
               well
               it
               is
               an
               evil
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 signifies
                 one
                 of
                 these
                 two
                 
                 
                 
                 things
                 ,
                 namely
                 that
                 he
                 takes
                 more
                 food
                 ,
                 then
                 Nature
                 (
                 yet
                 weakened
                 by
                 sickness
                 )
                 can
                 digest
                 .
                 Or
                 that
                 there
                 is
                 yet
                 such
                 abundance
                 of
                 evil
                 humors
                 left
                 in
                 the
                 ventricle
                 and
                 other
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 that
                 whatsoever
                 is
                 put
                 into
                 it
                 presently
                 corrupts
                 with
                 them
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               32.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               in
               the
               beginning
               of
               sickness
               feed
               much
               ,
               and
               do
               not
               thrive
               therewith
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               do
               at
               last
               fall
               into
               a
               loathing
               of
               meat
               .
               On
               the
               contrary
               ,
               those
               who
               in
               the
               beginning
               do
               vehemently
               abhor
               food
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               desire
               much
               meat
               ,
               are
               more
               easily
               freed
               from
               their
               sickness
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 feeding
                 hard
                 whilst
                 there
                 be
                 yet
                 reliques
                 of
                 evil
                 humors
                 remaining
                 in
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 increases
                 the
                 quantity
                 of
                 those
                 evil
                 humors
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 hinders
                 their
                 convalescencie
                 .
                 Whereas
                 those
                 who
                 feed
                 sparingly
                 in
                 
                 the
                 beginning
                 oppress
                 not
                 the
                 powers
                 of
                 Nature
                 ,
                 which
                 increasing
                 do
                 at
                 last
                 expel
                 those
                 remainders
                 of
                 evil
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               33.
               
            
             
               In
               any
               disease
               ,
               if
               reason
               be
               not
               weakened
               nor
               hurt
               ,
               but
               that
               it
               is
               willing
               to
               embrace
               such
               meats
               as
               are
               proffered
               it
               ,
               it
               is
               good
               ,
               but
               if
               it
               be
               otherwise
               it
               is
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 to
                 have
                 ones
                 good
                 understanding
                 sound
                 ,
                 signifies
                 that
                 the
                 brain
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 nervous
                 parts
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Heart
                 ,
                 and
                 Ventricles
                 are
                 also
                 well
                 affected
                 ,
                 whereas
                 if
                 the
                 Reason
                 be
                 hurt
                 ,
                 it
                 signifies
                 that
                 both
                 the
                 Brain
                 and
                 Ventricle
                 are
                 out
                 of
                 frame
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               34.
               
            
             
               They
               are
               not
               so
               dangerously
               sick
               ,
               to
               whose
               nature
               ,
               age
               ,
               habit
               ,
               or
               season
               ,
               the
               disease
               is
               familiar
               and
               agreeable
               ;
               as
               they
               to
               whom
               the
               disease
               is
               not
               agreeable
               to
               any
               of
               those
               things
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 By
                 Nature
                 here
                 is
                 meant
                 the
                 temperament
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 by
                 habit
                 :
                 whether
                 a
                 body
                 be
                 composed
                 of
                 a
                 soft
                 and
                 tender
                 flesh
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 a
                 thick
                 and
                 solid
                 .
                 Age
                 ,
                 and
                 season
                 are
                 easie
                 to
                 be
                 known
                 what
                 they
                 mean
                 ,
                 howsoever
                 for
                 examples
                 sake
                 ,
                 acute
                 Feavers
                 are
                 not
                 common
                 to
                 old
                 age
                 ,
                 the
                 body
                 being
                 then
                 cold
                 ,
                 and
                 likely
                 are
                 deadly
                 in
                 old
                 men
                 .
                 And
                 what
                 diseases
                 have
                 most
                 affinity
                 with
                 each
                 season
                 of
                 the
                 year
                 ,
                 is
                 shewn
                 in
                 the
                 third
                 Section
                 ,
                 the
                 Aphorisms
                 20
                 ,
                 21
                 ,
                 22
                 ,
                 23.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               35.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               better
               in
               any
               disease
               that
               the
               parts
               adjoyning
               to
               the
               Navel
               and
               nethermost
               belly
               be
               somewhat
               thick
               and
               gross
               :
               for
               the
               extenuation
               and
               consumption
               of
               them
               is
               evil
               ,
               and
               then
               it
               is
               not
               safe
               to
               minister
               purgations
               working
               downward
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 thickness
                 and
                 grosseness
                 
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 signifie
                 that
                 the
                 native
                 heat
                 is
                 more
                 valid
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 concoction
                 better
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               36.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               endued
               with
               health
               of
               body
               ,
               do
               quickly
               faint
               drinking
               a
               purging
               potion
               :
               and
               so
               do
               those
               which
               use
               bad
               and
               corrupt
               nourishment
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 in
                 healthful
                 men
                 ,
                 the
                 purging
                 potion
                 finding
                 no
                 vicious
                 nor
                 redundant
                 humor
                 to
                 draw
                 out
                 and
                 evacuate
                 ,
                 doth
                 first
                 dissipate
                 the
                 spirits
                 ,
                 then
                 dissolves
                 those
                 parts
                 which
                 are
                 humid
                 and
                 moist
                 ,
                 and
                 finally
                 corrupts
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 solid
                 .
                 And
                 those
                 which
                 use
                 bad
                 food
                 have
                 sharp
                 and
                 biting
                 humors
                 ,
                 which
                 being
                 by
                 the
                 medicament
                 driven
                 through
                 the
                 sensible
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 do
                 cause
                 fainting
                 :
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               37.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               of
               sound
               and
               perfect
               health
               of
               body
               ,
               do
               painfully
               
               
               
               and
               grievously
               endure
               purging
               medicines
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 more
                 general
                 then
                 the
                 former
                 ,
                 which
                 expressed
                 but
                 one
                 symptome
                 which
                 befals
                 sound
                 men
                 when
                 they
                 are
                 purged
                 .
                 But
                 this
                 includes
                 all
                 the
                 rest
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               38.
               
            
             
               Those
               meats
               and
               drinks
               which
               are
               worse
               ,
               yet
               pleasant
               ,
               are
               to
               be
               preferred
               before
               those
               which
               are
               better
               ,
               but
               yet
               unpleasant
               and
               distasting
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 they
                 please
                 the
                 Patient
                 best
                 ,
                 and
                 because
                 the
                 Ventricle
                 doth
                 more
                 greedily
                 embrace
                 ,
                 and
                 speedilier
                 concoct
                 those
                 meats
                 and
                 drinks
                 which
                 are
                 pleasant
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               39.
               
            
             
               For
               the
               most
               part
               old
               men
               are
               not
               so
               often
               sick
               as
               young
               are
               :
               But
               being
               once
               taken
               with
               long
               diseases
               they
               commonly
               dye
               .
            
             
               
                 Old
                 men
                 are
                 presumed
                 to
                 be
                 more
                 
                 discreet
                 and
                 temperate
                 in
                 their
                 feeding
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 this
                 assertion
                 for
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 not
                 so
                 ,
                 are
                 more
                 subject
                 to
                 sickness
                 then
                 young
                 men
                 ,
                 being
                 weaker
                 then
                 they
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               40.
               
            
             
               Rheums
               descending
               down
               to
               the
               mouth
               ,
               and
               falling
               down
               to
               the
               throat
               do
               not
               come
               to
               concoction
               in
               those
               which
               are
               very
               old
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 is
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 an
                 example
                 of
                 the
                 latter
                 assertion
                 of
                 the
                 precedent
                 Aphorism
                 ,
                 namely
                 that
                 old
                 men
                 once
                 taken
                 with
                 long
                 disease
                 commonly
                 dye
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               41.
               
            
             
               They
               dye
               suddenly
               which
               do
               often
               ,
               and
               vehemently
               swoun
               and
               faint
               without
               any
               manifest
               cause
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 argueth
                 an
                 imbecility
                 of
                 the
                 vital
                 faculty
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               42.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               impossible
               to
               cure
               a
               vehement
               
               
               
               Apoplexie
               and
               very
               hard
               to
               cure
               a
               weak
               one
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 all
                 Apoplexies
                 are
                 caused
                 by
                 a
                 stopping
                 of
                 the
                 animal
                 Faculties
                 from
                 descending
                 any
                 lower
                 into
                 the
                 body
                 then
                 the
                 head
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               43.
               
            
             
               Strangled
               &
               suffocated
               folk
               ,
               being
               not
               as
               yet
               dead
               ,
               do
               not
               return
               to
               themselves
               ,
               if
               there
               appear
               any
               foam
               about
               their
               mouth
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 that
                 the
                 Lights
                 are
                 violently
                 wronged
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               44.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               very
               gross
               by
               Nature
               ,
               do
               enjoy
               shorter
               life
               then
               those
               which
               are
               lean
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 fat
                 mens
                 native
                 heat
                 is
                 weaker
                 then
                 lean
                 mens
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               45.
               
            
             
               Change
               and
               alteration
               of
               place
               ,
               and
               diet
               ,
               and
               especially
               of
               age
               ,
               free
               children
               from
               the
               falling
               evil
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 when
                 they
                 come
                 to
                 their
                 youthful
                 age
                 they
                 are
                 cured
                 by
                 their
                 hot
                 and
                 dry
                 temperament
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               46.
               
            
             
               Of
               two
               pains
               at
               one
               time
               ,
               not
               possessing
               the
               self-same
               place
               ,
               that
               which
               is
               the
               most
               vehement
               ,
               doth
               dull
               the
               pain
               of
               the
               other
               .
            
             
               
                 It
                 doth
                 neither
                 cure
                 nor
                 expel
                 the
                 other
                 ,
                 but
                 onely
                 dull
                 and
                 obscure
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               47.
               
            
             
               Whiles
               filthy
               and
               corrupt
               matter
               is
               digesting
               ,
               pains
               and
               Agues
               do
               rather
               happen
               ,
               then
               when
               it
               is
               come
               to
               maturation
            
             
               
                 For
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 maturated
                 the
                 inflammation
                 and
                 burning
                 ceaseth
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               48.
               
            
             
               In
               every
               exercise
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               when
               it
               beginneth
               to
               be
               wearied
               ,
               rest
               doth
               presently
               mitigate
               the
               weariness
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 as
                 he
                 said
                 in
                 the
                 two
                 and
                 
                 
                 
                 twentieth
                 Aphorism
                 of
                 this
                 Section
                 ,
                 one
                 contrary
                 is
                 the
                 cure
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               49
            
             
               Thoke
               who
               are
               accustomed
               to
               daily
               labours
               ,
               although
               they
               be
               weak
               or
               old
               men
               ,
               do
               more
               easily
               endure
               accustomed
               exercises
               ,
               then
               those
               who
               are
               not
               accustomed
               to
               them
               ,
               although
               they
               be
               strong
               and
               young
            
             
               
                 Because
                 custom
                 is
                 a
                 second
                 nature
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               50.
               
            
             
               Things
               accustomed
               a
               long
               time
               ,
               although
               they
               be
               worse
               are
               wont
               to
               be
               less
               grievous
               ,
               then
               those
               which
               are
               unaccustomed
               ,
               wherefore
               also
               a
               change
               is
               not
               to
               be
               made
               to
               unaccustomed
               things
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 bodies
                 are
                 subject
                 to
                 changes
                 ,
                 therefore
                 upon
                 such
                 changes
                 we
                 must
                 also
                 fall
                 upon
                 some
                 unaccustomed
                 diet
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               51.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               danderous
               at
               one
               time
               ,
               much
               and
               suddainly
               ,
               either
               to
               empty
               ,
               fill
               ,
               heat
               or
               cool
               ,
               or
               by
               any
               other
               means
               to
               move
               or
               stir
               the
               body
               .
               For
               any
               thing
               passing
               the
               bonnds
               of
               mediocrity
               is
               an
               enemy
               to
               Nature
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               safe
               which
               is
               done
               by
               little
               and
               little
               ,
               and
               especially
               when
               an
               alteration
               and
               change
               is
               to
               be
               made
               from
               one
               thing
               to
               another
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 from
                 accustomed
                 to
                 unaccustomed
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               52.
               
            
             
               He
               must
               not
               pass
               forthwith
               from
               one
               medicine
               to
               another
               ,
               when
               all
               things
               fall
               not
               out
               so
               well
               as
               they
               should
               ,
               to
               him
               ;
               who
               doth
               proceed
               by
               good
               reason
               ;
               so
               that
               remain
               still
               and
               continue
               which
               seemed
               to
               him
               to
               be
               so
               from
               the
               Beginning
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 is
                 no
                 point
                 of
                 wisdom
                 lightly
                 
                 
                 
                 to
                 recede
                 from
                 that
                 which
                 once
                 you
                 have
                 approved
                 of
                 ,
                 though
                 it
                 doth
                 not
                 presentely
                 work
                 as
                 you
                 would
                 have
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               53.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               a
               moist
               belly
               ,
               pass
               their
               youthful
               age
               more
               easily
               then
               those
               which
               have
               the
               same
               dry
               :
               but
               they
               pass
               their
               old
               age
               more
               hardly
               and
               with
               more
               difficulty
               ,
               for
               when
               they
               wax
               old
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               it
               is
               dryed
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 of
                 it self
                 plain
                 enough
                 ,
                 and
                 compared
                 with
                 the
                 20
                 Aphorism
                 of
                 this
                 Section
                 ,
                 they
                 expound
                 one
                 another
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               54.
               
            
             
               Greatness
               and
               tallness
               of
               body
               is
               comely
               to
               the
               state
               of
               young
               age
               :
               but
               to
               old
               age
               it
               is
               improfitable
               ,
               and
               worse
               then
               a
               short
               stature
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 burdeneth
                 old
                 men
                 ,
                 and
                 makes
                 them
                 go
                 stooping
                 and
                 crook-backed
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
         
           
             SECT
             :
             III.
             
          
           
             
               The
               Argument
               .
            
             
               This
               third
               book
               is
               almost
               reduced
               to
               the
               discourse
               of
               ages
               or
               times
               ,
               expressing
               unto
               us
               two
               common
               places
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               the
               strength
               and
               force
               of
               ages
               ,
               and
               the
               diversity
               of
               diseases
               throughout
               those
               ages
               ,
               and
               times
               .
            
          
           
             
               APHORISM
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               ALteration
               and
               variableness
               of
               the
               seasons
               ,
               do
               most
               especially
               bring
               forth
               diseases
               ,
               and
               likewise
               great
               alterations
               of
               cold
               and
               heat
               in
               those
               seasons
               ,
               and
               of
               other
               things
               answering
               to
               them
               in
               proportion
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 they
                 alter
                 the
                 air
                 which
                 we
                 draw
                 in
                 continually
                 with
                 our
                 breaths
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               2.
               
            
             
               Some
               natures
               are
               well
               or
               ill
               affected
               in
               Summer
               ,
               and
               some
               in
               Winter
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 natures
                 he
                 means
                 the
                 temperatures
                 :
                 and
                 of
                 them
                 the
                 cold
                 and
                 moist
                 temperatures
                 fare
                 best
                 in
                 Summer
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 hot
                 and
                 dry
                 worst
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               3.
               
            
             
               Some
               diseases
               are
               well
               or
               ill
               affected
               ,
               some
               more
               to
               one
               time
               ,
               and
               some
               to
               another
               ,
               and
               some
               ages
               more
               to
               some
               one
               time
               ,
               place
               and
               kind
               of
               dyet
               then
               they
               are
               to
               another
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 now
                 affirms
                 that
                 to
                 be
                 true
                 in
                 diseases
                 and
                 ages
                 ,
                 which
                 he
                 had
                 in
                 the
                 precedent
                 Aphorism
                 asserted
                 in
                 temperatures
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               4.
               
            
             
               Autumnal
               diseases
               are
               to
               be
               expected
               in
               those
               seasons
               ,
               when
               on
               the
               self-same
               day
               it
               is
               sometimes
               hot
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               cold
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 not
                 the
                 names
                 but
                 the
                 temperatures
                 of
                 the
                 seasons
                 ,
                 are
                 the
                 causes
                 of
                 diseases
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               5.
               
            
             
               The
               South
               wind
               dulleth
               the
               hearing
               ,
               obscureth
               and
               darkneth
               the
               sight
               ,
               offendeth
               the
               head
               with
               aches
               and
               rheumes
               ,
               procureth
               and
               causeth
               heaviness
               and
               faintness
               in
               the
               members
               .
               When
               therefore
               it
               is
               frequent
               and
               bloweth
               often
               ,
               such
               things
               are
               incident
               to
               the
               weak
               and
               sickly
               .
               Contrariwise
               the
               North
               wind
               causeth
               coughs
               ,
               exasperateth
               and
               excoriateth
               the
               jaws
               ,
               hardens
               the
               belly
               ,
               suppresseth
               Urine
               ,
               stirs
               up
               cold
               shiverings
               and
               shakings
               ,
               ingendereth
               the
               pains
               of
               the
               sides
               and
               breast
               .
               Therefore
               when
               this
               wind
               bears
               sway
               those
               that
               are
               weak
               and
               feeble
               must
               ,
               look
               for
               such
               accidents
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 South
                 wind
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 hot
                 and
                 moist
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 north
                 
                 
                 
                 wind
                 because
                 of
                 its
                 cold
                 and
                 dryness
                 do
                 work
                 these
                 effects
                 in
                 weak
                 bodies
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               6.
               
            
             
               When
               the
               Summer
               is
               like
               the
               Spring
               time
               ,
               we
               must
               expect
               much
               sweating
               in
               Agues
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 by
                 its
                 temperate
                 and
                 moderate
                 heat
                 ,
                 it
                 draws
                 the
                 humidities
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 to
                 the
                 skin
                 ,
                 but
                 cannot
                 dissolve
                 them
                 into
                 vapors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               7.
               
            
             
               Sharp
               Agues
               are
               ingendred
               by
               great
               drought
               and
               dryness
               ,
               and
               if
               the
               year
               prove
               to
               be
               for
               the
               most
               part
               such
               ;
               as
               the
               state
               of
               the
               season
               is
               ,
               such
               kinds
               of
               diseases
               for
               the
               most
               part
               must
               be
               so
               expected
               .
            
             
               
                 Sharp
                 Agues
                 are
                 those
                 which
                 quickly
                 end
                 ,
                 but
                 have
                 heavy
                 and
                 troublesome
                 symptomes
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               8.
               
            
             
               In
               certain
               &
               moderate
               times
               ,
               observing
               their
               seasonablenes
               ,
               certain
               
               and
               seasonable
               diseases
               having
               a
               happy
               determination
               are
               ingendred
               .
               But
               in
               uncertain
               and
               immoderate
               times
               ,
               uncertain
               diseases
               are
               ingendred
               ;
               and
               evil
               to
               be
               judged
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 diseases
                 follow
                 the
                 nature
                 of
                 the
                 efficient
                 causes
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 efficient
                 causes
                 are
                 likely
                 such
                 as
                 the
                 temperature
                 of
                 the
                 year
                 is
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               9.
               
            
             
               In
               Autumn
               universally
               there
               are
               most
               sharp
               and
               deadly
               diseases
               :
               but
               the
               spring
               time
               is
               most
               wholesom
               ,
               and
               free
               from
               deadly
               diseases
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 reasons
                 whereof
                 are
                 ,
                 first
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 ineqnality
                 ,
                 the
                 mornings
                 and
                 evenings
                 being
                 cold
                 and
                 the
                 midday
                 hot
                 .
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 because
                 the
                 preceding
                 Summer
                 hath
                 made
                 the
                 humors
                 adust
                 .
                 Thirdly
                 ;
                 because
                 the
                 said
                 Summer
                 hath
                 weakened
                 the
                 forces
                 .
                 Fourthly
                 ,
                 because
                 the
                 
                 
                 
                 morning
                 ▪
                 and
                 evenings
                 ambient
                 coldness
                 drives
                 the
                 vicious
                 humors
                 into
                 the
                 body
                 .
                 And
                 fiftly
                 ,
                 because
                 there
                 is
                 abundance
                 of
                 fruits
                 eaten
                 in
                 that
                 season
                 ,
                 the
                 eating
                 of
                 which
                 breeds
                 store
                 of
                 evil
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               10.
               
            
             
               Autumn
               is
               hurtful
               to
               such
               as
               are
               in
               a
               consumption
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 dryness
                 ,
                 coldness
                 ,
                 and
                 inequality
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               11.
               
            
             
               Amongst
               the
               parts
               of
               the
               year
               if
               the
               Winter
               be
               extraordinary
               dry
               ,
               and
               the
               Spring
               very
               rainy
               ,
               and
               subject
               to
               southerly
               winds
               .
               It
               must
               of
               necessity
               fall
               out
               that
               in
               Summer
               ,
               sharp
               Agues
               ,
               Rheums
               in
               the
               Eys
               and
               Bloody-fluxes
               do
               happen
               ,
               especially
               to
               women
               and
               men
               who
               are
               of
               a
               moist
               nature
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 abundance
                 of
                 humors
                 which
                 are
                 subject
                 to
                 putrefaction
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               12.
               
            
             
               Contrarily
               if
               Winter
               be
               Southernly
               ,
               full
               of
               rain
               and
               warm
               ,
               and
               the
               Spring
               dry
               and
               northernly
               ,
               women
               whose
               child-birth
               and
               deliverance
               happeneth
               neer
               the
               Spring
               ,
               do
               upon
               the
               least
               occasion
               suffer
               abortment
               and
               untimely
               birth
               :
               or
               if
               they
               be
               delivered
               at
               their
               due
               time
               ,
               they
               bring
               forth
               such
               weak
               and
               diseased
               children
               ,
               that
               either
               they
               die
               quickly
               ,
               or
               live
               but
               weakly
               and
               sickly
               .
               To
               others
               there
               happen
               bloody-fluxes
               and
               hot
               inflammations
               of
               the
               eys
               ,
               and
               to
               old
               men
               rheums
               which
               shortly
               kill
               them
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorisms
                 meaning
                 is
                 plain
                 enough
                 now
                 ,
                 the
                 particular
                 causes
                 why
                 these
                 several
                 diseases
                 happen
                 are
                 set
                 down
                 at
                 large
                 in
              
               GalensComments
               
                 to
                 which
                 we
                 refer
                 the
                 Reader
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               13.
               
            
             
               Summer
               being
               dry
               and
               the
               wind
               northernly
               ,
               Autumn
               full
               of
               rain
               and
               the
               wind
               southernly
               ,
               vehement
               pains
               of
               the
               head
               are
               to
               be
               expected
               in
               the
               Winter
               following
               .
               Also
               coughs
               ,
               hoarsnesses
               ,
               &
               rheums
               ,
               distillings
               at
               the
               nostrils
               ,
               and
               to
               some
               pining
               Consumptions
               .
            
             
               
                 Having
                 in
                 the
                 preceding
                 Aphorisms
                 spoken
                 of
                 the
                 Winter
                 and
                 Spring
                 ,
                 he
                 now
                 speaks
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 two
                 seasons
                 ,
                 namely
                 Summer
                 and
                 Autumn
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               14.
               
            
             
               A
               northernly
               and
               dry
               Autumn
               is
               profitable
               and
               good
               to
               men
               which
               are
               of
               a
               moist
               temperature
               ,
               and
               also
               to
               women
               ,
               to
               others
               it
               causeth
               hot
               inflammations
               in
               the
               eys
               ,
               and
               Feavers
               partly
               sharp
               ,
               and
               partly
               long
               ,
               and
               some
               also
               are
               troubled
               with
               Melancholly
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 annexed
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 as
                 part
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               15.
               
            
             
               Of
               all
               the
               seasons
               throughout
               the
               whole
               yeer
               ,
               dryness
               and
               droughts
               are
               more
               wholsom
               and
               less
               dangerous
               to
               mans
               life
               ,
               then
               daily
               showers
               of
               rain
               and
               moisture
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 by
                 right
                 should
                 have
                 been
                 placed
                 after
                 the
                 17th
                 of
                 this
                 Section
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 17
                 after
                 the
                 5
                 ,
                 as
              
               Galen
               
                 shews
                 in
                 his
                 Comment
                 upon
                 this
                 present
                 Aphorism
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               16.
               
            
             
               When
               there
               is
               much
               rain
               these
               diseases
               for
               the
               most
               part
               are
               ingendred
               ,
               namely
               long
               contlnuing
               Agues
               ,
               Fluxes
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               corruption
               of
               humors
               ,
               Falling-sickness
               ,
               Apoplexies
               ,
               Squinancies
               But
               when
               there
               is
               much
               drought
               there
               happen
               Consumptions
               ,
               Rheumes
               in
               the
               eys
               ,
               pains
               of
               the
               joynts
               ,
               difficulty
               in
               making
               Urine
               ,
               and
               passions
               of
               the
               intestines
               or
               inward
               parts
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 an
                 explication
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 some
                 ignorant
                 men
                 might
                 infer
                 that
                 in
                 a
                 dry
                 year
                 ,
                 there
                 would
                 be
                 no
                 diseases
                 at
                 all
                 ingendred
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               17.
               
            
             
               Daily
               seasons
               of
               weather
               being
               northernly
               do
               close
               and
               strengthen
               the
               body
               and
               make
               it
               nimble
               ,
               well
               coloured
               and
               quick
               of
               hearing
               .
               They
               dry
               and
               harden
               the
               belly
               ,
               but
               bite
               and
               offend
               the
               eys
               ,
               and
               if
               any
               pain
               have
               possest
               the
               breast
               ,
               they
               make
               it
               more
               grievous
               ▪
               Contrariwise
               southernly
               seasons
               loose
               and
               moisten
               the
               body
               ,
               and
               weakens
               it
               ,
               dull
               the
               hearing
               ,
               cause
               heaviness
               ,
               and
               giddiness
               of
               the
               head
               ,
               mistiness
               and
               dimness
               of
               the
               eys
               ,
               dulness
               and
               laziness
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               and
               make
               the
               belly
               loose
               and
               laxative
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 northern
                 wind
                 is
                 cold
                 and
                 dry
                 :
                 and
                 the
                 southern
                 hot
                 and
                 moist
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               18.
               
            
             
               As
               touching
               seasons
               of
               the
               year
               in
               the
               Spring
               and
               beginning
               of
               Summer
               ,
               children
               and
               those
               which
               are
               neerest
               to
               them
               in
               age
               ,
               live
               in
               very
               good
               health
               ;
               in
               Summer
               and
               some
               part
               of
               Autumn
               old
               men
               live
               best
               ,
               but
               in
               the
               rest
               of
               Autumn
               and
               Winter
               they
               of
               a
               middle
               age
               .
            
             
               
                 Summer
                 is
                 good
                 for
                 old
                 men
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 frigidity
                 of
                 their
                 nature
                 ,
                 Winter
                 for
                 men
                 in
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 their
                 age
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 abates
                 and
                 is
                 contrary
                 to
                 their
                 bilious
                 temper
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               19.
               
            
             
               Any
               diseases
               ,
               are
               ingendred
               in
               any
               times
               of
               the
               year
               ,
               yet
               many
               are
               rather
               caused
               ,
               and
               stirred
               ,
               in
               some
               one
               more
               then
               in
               another
               .
            
             
               
                 Intending
                 in
                 the
                 following
                 Aphorisms
                 to
                 set
                 down
                 what
                 diseases
                 are
                 peculiar
                 to
                 several
                 times
                 of
                 the
                 year
                 he
                 promises
                 this
                 as
                 a
                 general
                 one
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               20.
               
            
             
               In
               the
               Spring
               there
               happeneth
               madness
               ,
               melancholly
               ,
               falling-evil
               ,
               fluxes
               of
               blood
               ,
               the
               squinancy
               ,
               rheumes
               ,
               distillations
               of
               humors
               ,
               coughs
               ,
               leprosies
               ,
               dry
               scabs
               ,
               morphues
               ,
               and
               many
               ulcerous
               wheals
               ,
               pushes
               ,
               and
               pains
               of
               the
               joynts
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 diseases
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 being
                 not
                 dangerous
                 ,
                 but
                 rather
                 conducing
                 to
                 health
                 by
                 driving
                 out
                 noxious
                 humors
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 inward
                 to
                 the
                 outward
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ;
                 this
                 Aphorism
                 rather
                 confirms
                 then
                 opposes
                 the
                 latter
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 ninth
                 Aphorism
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               21
            
             
               In
               Summer
               there
               are
               some
               of
               those
               diseases
               before
               spoken
               of
               ;
               in
               the
               Spring
               also
               continual
               Feavers
               and
               burning
               Agues
               ,
               and
               many
               Tertians
               ,
               and
               Quartans
               ,
               Vomitings
               ,
               Fluxes
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               inflammations
               of
               the
               eys
               ,
               pains
               of
               the
               
               ears
               ,
               ulcerations
               of
               the
               mouth
               ,
               putrefactions
               of
               the
               genitals
               ,
               and
               sweatings
               ,
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 Summer
                 are
                 incident
                 some
                 of
                 those
                 diseases
                 which
                 were
                 also
                 towards
                 the
                 latter
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 Spring
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 being
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 temperature
                 they
                 must
                 ingender
                 the
                 same
                 diseases
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               22.
               
            
             
               Also
               many
               Summer
               diseases
               are
               in
               Autumn
               ,
               both
               Quartans
               and
               uncertain
               wandring
               Agues
               ,
               swellings
               of
               the
               Spleen
               ,
               Hydropsie
               ,
               Consumptions
               ,
               Strangury
               Looseness
               &
               excoriations
               of
               the
               bowels
               ,
               aches
               of
               hucle-bone
               ,
               Squinancies
               ,
               shortnesses
               of
               breath
               ,
               streight
               pressings
               or
               drawing
               together
               of
               the
               bowels
               in
               some
               part
               of
               them
               ;
               the
               Falling-sickness
               ,
               madness
               ,
               and
               melancholly
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 beginning
                 of
                 Autumn
                 ,
                 and
                 end
                 of
                 Summer
                 have
                 the
                 same
                 affinity
                 
                 
                 
                 as
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 Summer
                 and
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 Spring
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               23.
               
            
             
               In
               Winter
               are
               ingendred
               Plurisies
               ,
               inflammations
               of
               Lungs
               Lethargie
               ,
               Rheums
               in
               the
               nostrils
               ,
               hoarsness
               ,
               coughs
               ,
               pains
               of
               the
               breasts
               ,
               sides
               ,
               and
               loyns
               ,
               head-aches
               ,
               swimmings
               and
               giddinesses
               of
               the
               head
               (
               causing
               dimness
               to
               the
               eys
               )
               and
               Apoplexies
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 and
                 the
                 precedent
                 Aphorisms
                 concerning
                 seasons
                 ,
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 understood
                 when
                 seasons
                 do
                 hold
                 their
                 own
                 order
                 and
                 temperature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               24
            
             
               But
               as
               concerning
               ages
               ,
               these
               diseases
               do
               happen
               to
               little
               children
               and
               lately
               born
               ;
               Ulcers
               in
               the
               mouth
               ,
               Vomiting
               ,
               Coughs
               ,
               want
               of
               sleep
               ,
               great
               fears
               ,
               inflammations
               of
               the
               Navil
               ,
               moist
               runings
               at
               the
               ears
               .
            
             
               
                 Having
                 spoken
                 of
                 the
                 seasons
                 of
                 
                 diseases
                 he
                 now
                 sets
                 down
                 in
                 what
                 ages
                 such
                 and
                 such
                 diseases
                 use
                 to
                 happen
                 ,
                 beginning
                 with
                 infants
                 newly
                 born
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               25.
               
            
             
               The
               time
               of
               Teeth-breeding
               coming
               ,
               there
               happen
               itching
               of
               the
               gums
               ,
               Feavers
               ,
               Convulsions
               ,
               Fluxes
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               especially
               when
               they
               bring
               forth
               their
               dogteeth
               ,
               and
               especially
               those
               children
               chiefly
               that
               are
               most
               fat
               ,
               and
               have
               their
               belly
               bound
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 time
                 of
                 teeth
                 breeding
                 begins
                 commonly
                 at
                 seven
                 moneths
                 of
                 age
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 at
                 four
                 :
                 the
                 dogteeth
                 at
                 a
                 year
                 or
                 ten
                 moneths
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               26.
               
            
             
               When
               children
               begin
               to
               be
               a
               little
               elder
               ,
               they
               are
               subject
               to
               the
               inflammations
               of
               the
               Almonds
               of
               the
               mouth
               ,
               dislocation
               of
               the
               turning
               joynts
               in
               the
               nape
               of
               the
               neck
               inwardly
               ,
               shortness
               of
               wind
               ,
               
               
               
               breeding
               of
               the
               Stone
               ,
               round-worms
               ,
               gut-worms
               ,
               long
               hanging
               warts
               ,
               Satyrasms
               ,
               Stranguries
               Scrophules
               in
               the
               neck
               and
               other
               risings
               ,
               especially
               those
               before
               declared
            
             
               
                 Now
                 he
                 sets
                 down
                 those
                 diseases
                 which
                 children
                 are
                 subject
                 to
                 after
                 they
                 are
                 past
                 teeth-breeding
                 ,
                 to
                 twelve
                 or
                 fourteen
                 years
                 of
                 age
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               27.
               
            
             
               Moreover
               to
               those
               which
               are
               greater
               and
               coming
               to
               ripe
               age
               ,
               there
               happen
               many
               of
               those
               former
               diseases
               ,
               but
               more
               long
               continuing
               Agues
               ,
               and
               fluxes
               of
               blood
               at
               the
               nostrils
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 concerns
                 children
                 about
                 twelve
                 ,
                 thirteen
                 ,
                 or
                 fourteen
                 years
                 of
                 age
                 ,
                 and
                 ripeness
                 of
                 age
                 comes
                 sooner
                 or
                 later
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 beat
                 or
                 coldness
                 of
                 constitutions
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               28.
               
            
             
               The
               diseases
               of
               children
               for
               the
               
               most
               part
               ,
               some
               of
               them
               attain
               to
               the
               Crysis
               or
               alteration
               within
               40
               days
               ,
               some
               within
               seven
               moneths
               ,
               some
               within
               seven
               years
               ,
               others
               when
               they
               come
               to
               ripe
               age
               .
               But
               those
               which
               shall
               continue
               longer
               ,
               and
               shall
               neither
               be
               dissolved
               ,
               in
               men
               children
               when
               they
               come
               to
               be
               about
               fourteen
               yeers
               or
               fifteen
               or
               maiden
               children
               when
               their
               monethly
               terms
               do
               break
               forth
               ,
               do
               use
               to
               last
               a
               long
               time
               .
            
             
               
                 Or
                 as
              
               Heurnius
               
                 saith
                 in
                 his
                 Comments
                 ,
                 do
                 last
                 as
                 long
                 as
                 they
                 live
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               29.
               
            
             
               To
               young
               men
               there
               doth
               happen
               spitting
               of
               blood
               ,
               Consumptions
               ,
               sharp
               Feavers
               ,
               falling-sicknesses
               and
               other
               diseases
               ,
               but
               especially
               ▪
               these
               we
               have
               now
               rehearsed
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 age
                 according
                 to
              
               Heurniusis
               
                 when
                 their
                 voice
                 breaks
                 and
                 they
                 begin
                 to
                 speak
                 big
                 .
              
               
               
               
               nostrils
               ,
               dimness
               of
               sight
               ,
               Glaucoma
               ,
               and
               dullness
               of
               hearing
               .
            
             
               
                 Here
                 by
                 old
                 men
                 he
                 means
                 those
                 who
                 have
                 attained
                 to
                 their
                 last
                 age
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
         
         
         
           
             SECT.
             IV.
             
          
           
             
               The
               Argument
               .
            
             
               This
               fourth
               Section
               is
               variable
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               most
               part
               is
               reduced
               to
               evacuation
               and
               prognostick
               signs
               of
               future
               events
               .
            
          
           
             
               APHORISM
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               THou
               shalt
               purge
               child-bearing
               women
               if
               it
               be
               needful
               ,
               at
               the
               fourth
               moneth
               after
               conception
               ,
               and
               so
               unto
               the
               seventh
               ,
               but
               those
               more
               sparingly
               :
               but
               the
               conception
               being
               younger
               ,
               or
               elder
               ,
               thou
               shalt
               abstain
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 in
                 those
                 moneths
                 the
                 ligaments
                 wherewith
                 the
                 conception
                 is
                 fastened
                 to
                 the
                 womb
                 ,
                 are
                 strongest
                 and
                 thickest
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 cas●e
                 to
                 be
                 
                 broken
                 by
                 the
                 commotions
                 of
                 purging
                 medicines
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               2.
               
            
             
               Such
               things
               are
               to
               be
               drawn
               out
               of
               the
               body
               by
               the
               use
               of
               purging
               medicines
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               ,
               which
               issuing
               out
               of
               their
               own
               accord
               would
               do
               good
               to
               it
               .
               But
               those
               which
               issue
               out
               in
               a
               contrary
               manner
               are
               to
               be
               stopped
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 is
                 good
                 in
                 artificial
                 purges
                 to
                 imitate
                 Nature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               3
            
             
               If
               such
               things
               be
               purged
               as
               should
               be
               it
               is
               good
               ,
               and
               the
               Patient
               doth
               easily
               endure
               it
               .
               But
               if
               you
               do
               otherwise
               ,
               the
               patient
               doth
               indure
               it
               painfully
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 being
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 the
                 2
                 and
                 25
                 of
                 the
                 first
                 Section
                 ,
                 it
                 needs
                 no
                 further
                 explication
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 have
                 in
                 this
                 place
                 left
                 it
                 quite
                 out
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               4.
               
            
             
               In
               Summer
               it
               is
               more
               convenient
               to
               purge
               the
               upper
               Venters
               ,
               in
               Winter
               the
               inferior
               by
               stool
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 in
                 Summer
                 choller
                 is
                 the
                 predominant
                 humor
                 ,
                 and
                 naturally
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 ambient
                 heat
                 all
                 things
                 are
                 carried
                 upwards
                 ,
                 so
                 it
                 is
                 best
                 to
                 purge
                 by
                 Vomit
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               5.
               
            
             
               Under
               the
               Canicular
               or
               Dog-star
               ,
               and
               before
               it
               ,
               purgations
               are
               painful
               and
               difficult
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 ambient
                 heat
                 seeks
                 to
                 draw
                 the
                 humors
                 outwards
                 by
                 sweat
                 while
                 the
                 purgation
                 forces
                 them
                 out
                 by
                 stool
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               6.
               
            
             
               Lean
               and
               slender
               men
               are
               easily
               provoked
               to
               Vomit
               ,
               and
               therefore
               must
               be
               purged
               by
               vomit
               ,
               unless
               it
               be
               in
               Winter
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 slender
                 men
                 are
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 chollerick
                 ,
                 which
                 choller
                 if
                 
                 they
                 have
                 a
                 facility
                 in
                 vomiting
                 should
                 be
                 purged
                 upward
                 ,
                 unless
                 it
                 be
                 in
                 Winter
                 ,
                 for
                 then
                 the
                 inferior
                 venters
                 must
                 be
                 purged
                 by
                 stool
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               7.
               
            
             
               Purge
               those
               which
               do
               not
               vomit
               easily
               ,
               and
               are
               in
               good
               plight
               ,
               downwards
               by
               stool
               ,
               so
               it
               be
               not
               Summer
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 at
                 any
                 other
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 year
                 you
                 may
                 securely
                 do
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               8.
               
            
             
               Do
               not
               purge
               them
               upwar●s
               which
               are
               subject
               to
               a
               Consumption
               or
               Phtysick
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 fear
                 of
                 hurting
                 the
                 instrumental
                 parts
                 of
                 respiration
                 which
                 are
                 weak
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               9.
               
            
             
               Thou
               shalt
               purge
               melancholly
               folk
               strongly
               by
               stool
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               beginning
               the
               contrary
               way
               of
               purging
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 light
                 matter
                 bending
                 upward
                 ,
                 
                 
                 
                 must
                 be
                 drawn
                 out
                 by
                 the
                 upper
                 parts
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 heavier
                 and
                 grosser
                 matter
                 by
                 the
                 lower
                 parts
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               10.
               
            
             
               We
               must
               purge
               in
               very
               sharp
               sicknesses
               ,
               if
               the
               matter
               do
               move
               to
               the
               purging
               of
               it
               ;
               and
               that
               the
               very
               same
               day
               wherein
               the
               sickness
               doth
               begin
               ;
               for
               delay
               in
               such
               diseases
               is
               very
               hurtful
               and
               dangerous
               .
            
             
               
                 Before
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 body
                 fail
                 ,
                 or
                 diminish
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 aguish
                 heat
                 increase
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 humors
                 which
                 wander
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 the
                 body
                 settle
                 about
                 some
                 principal
                 part
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               11.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               gripings
               and
               wringings
               in
               the
               belly
               ,
               and
               horrible
               pain
               about
               the
               navel
               and
               the
               loyns
               ,
               and
               cannot
               be
               eased
               and
               dissolved
               by
               medicine
               or
               otherwise
               ,
               they
               will
               fall
               into
               a
               dry
               Dropsie
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Which
                 is
                 called
                 a
                 Timpany
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               12.
               
            
             
               Those
               are
               not
               to
               be
               purged
               in
               Winter
               by
               vomit
               ,
               whose
               stomack
               and
               belly
               cannot
               retain
               meat
               until
               it
               be
               digested
            
             
               
                 He
                 means
                 such
                 purges
                 as
                 are
                 general
                 and
                 purge
                 the
                 whole
                 body
                 ;
                 for
                 in
                 particular
                 purges
                 you
                 may
                 do
                 otherwise
                 .
                 As
                 if
                 we
                 would
                 onely
                 ease
                 the
                 ventricle
                 of
                 phlegm
                 ,
                 we
                 may
                 do
                 it
                 by
                 vomit
                 in
                 Winter
                 .
                 And
                 by
                 the
                 same
                 reason
                 ,
                 if
                 yellow
                 choller
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 intestines
                 only
                 ,
                 we
                 may
                 in
                 Summer
                 purge
                 it
                 out
                 by
                 stool
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               13.
               
            
             
               Their
               bodies
               are
               to
               be
               made
               moist
               before
               hand
               with
               plenty
               of
               food
               ,
               and
               with
               ease
               and
               rest
               ;
               who
               taking
               a
               potion
               of
               Hellebor
               do
               hardly
               and
               painfully
               vomit
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 if
                 the
                 nerves
                 and
                 other
                 dry
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 be
                 not
                 moistened
                 the
                 Hellebor
                 which
                 is
                 hot
                 and
                 dry
                 
                 
                 
                 in
                 the
                 third
                 degree
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 very
                 drawing
                 ,
                 may
                 cause
                 deadly
                 Convulsions
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               14.
               
            
             
               Hellebor
               being
               drunk
               ,
               the
               body
               ought
               rather
               to
               be
               moved
               ,
               then
               yielded
               to
               sleep
               or
               rest
               :
               For
               the
               sayling
               in
               a
               ship
               doth
               manifest
               ,
               that
               our
               bodies
               are
               provoked
               and
               st●irred
               by
               motion
               .
            
             
               
                 And
                 seeing
                 that
                 motion
                 of
                 it self
                 provokes
                 the
                 body
                 to
                 vomit
                 ,
                 much
                 more
                 will
                 it
                 do
                 it
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 a
                 medicine
                 .
                 And
                 rest
                 keeps
                 the
                 body
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 state
                 ,
                 motion
                 changes
                 and
                 alters
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               15.
               
            
             
               If
               you
               will
               have
               Hellebore
               to
               work
               more
               forcibly
               move
               and
               stir
               the
               body
               ,
               but
               when
               you
               will
               stay
               it
               ,
               procure
               sleep
               and
               do
               not
               move
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 since
                 motion
                 sets
                 it
                 more
                 violently
                 a
                 working
                 ,
                 rest
                 must
                 needs
                 cause
                 it
                 to
                 stay
                 ,
                 seeing
                 contrary
                 operations
                 
                 work
                 contrary
                 effects
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               16.
               
            
             
               Hellebor
               is
               very
               dangerous
               to
               them
               which
               have
               a
               healthful
               body
               ,
               for
               it
               ingendreth
               Convulsions
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 is
                 one
                 of
                 its
                 chief
                 qualities
                 to
                 cause
                 distentions
                 ,
                 so
                 finding
                 no
                 excrements
                 in
                 the
                 body
                 it
                 falls
                 upon
                 the
                 solid
                 parts
                 ,
                 and
                 especially
                 the
                 nerves
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               17.
               
            
             
               If
               he
               which
               hath
               not
               an
               Ague
               doth
               loath
               his
               meat
               ,
               hath
               a
               gnawing
               of
               the
               mouth
               or
               the
               stomack
               ,
               a
               darksom
               giddiness
               of
               the
               brain
               ,
               and
               bitterness
               of
               the
               mouth
               ,
               it
               signifieth
               that
               he
               had
               need
               to
               be
               purged
               upwards
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 these
                 are
                 three
                 symptomes
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 Physician
                 may
                 know
                 the
                 Patient
                 hath
                 need
                 of
                 being
                 purged
                 upward
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               18.
               
            
             
               Whosoever
               having
               need
               of
               
               
               
               hath
               pains
               above
               the
               Middriff
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               sign
               he
               must
               be
               purged
               upwards
               ,
               but
               the
               pains
               which
               are
               under
               the
               same
               ,
               shew
               a
               purging
               downwards
               to
               be
               needful
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 which
                 way
                 the
                 humor
                 naturally
                 desires
                 to
                 go
                 ,
                 that
                 way
                 you
                 must
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 medicines
                 send
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               19.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               do
               not
               thirst
               while
               they
               are
               purged
               by
               a
               medicinal
               potion
               ,
               shall
               not
               leave
               purging
               while
               they
               do
               thirst
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 excrements
                 being
                 evacuated
                 ,
                 the
                 mouth
                 of
                 the
                 ventricle
                 is
                 dryed
                 up
                 which
                 causeth
                 thirst
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               20.
               
            
             
               If
               there
               be
               gripings
               about
               the
               Navel
               without
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               and
               heaviness
               of
               the
               knees
               ,
               and
               pain
               of
               the
               loyns
               ,
               they
               signifie
               that
               there
               is
               need
               of
               purging
               downward
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 that
                 all
                 these
                 symptomes
                 
                 shew
                 that
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 motion
                 and
                 violence
                 is
                 downward
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               21.
               
            
             
               Black
               excrements
               of
               the
               belly
               like
               unto
               black
               blood
               ,
               coming
               forth
               of
               their
               own
               accord
               ,
               both
               with
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               or
               without
               ,
               are
               most
               evil
               ,
               and
               by
               how
               much
               the
               more
               the
               evil
               colours
               are
               ,
               so
               much
               the
               worse
               ,
               the
               excrements
               are
               .
               But
               such
               things
               to
               be
               expelled
               out
               by
               a
               medicine
               is
               far
               better
               ,
               and
               that
               by
               how
               much
               the
               more
               colours
               there
               shall
               be
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 they
                 come
                 out
                 of
                 their
                 own
                 accord
                 it
                 shews
                 there
                 are
                 many
                 ill
                 affected
                 humors
                 in
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 which
                 driven
                 out
                 by
                 Physick
                 the
                 body
                 remains
                 sound
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               22.
               
            
             
               In
               the
               beginning
               of
               any
               disease
               if
               black
               choller
               come
               forth
               either
               above
               or
               beneath
               it
               is
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 signifies
                 that
                 nature
                 is
                 ill
                 
                 
                 
                 affected
                 ,
                 which
                 never
                 evacuates
                 superfluous
                 things
                 till
                 they
                 be
                 concocted
                 ,
                 wherefore
                 if
                 black
                 choller
                 come
                 forth
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 a
                 disease
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 evacuated
                 by
                 its
                 proper
                 malice
                 and
                 not
                 by
                 the
                 law
                 of
                 Nature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               23.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               pined
               or
               brought
               low
               by
               sharp
               or
               long
               diseases
               ,
               or
               by
               wounds
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               means
               ,
               and
               do
               void
               black
               choller
               or
               as
               it
               were
               black
               blood
               ,
               do
               dye
               the
               next
               day
               following
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 through
                 the
                 imbecility
                 of
                 faculty
                 ,
                 and
                 greatness
                 of
                 the
                 disease
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               24.
               
            
             
               A
               Bloody
               flux
               if
               it
               proceed
               from
               black
               choller
               is
               mortal
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 ulcerates
                 the
                 entrails
                 with
                 an
                 ulcered
                 cancer
                 ,
                 which
                 can
                 hardly
                 be
                 cured
                 in
                 the
                 outward
                 parts
                 ,
                 to
                 which
                 medi
                 caments
                 may
                 be
                 applyed
                 ;
                 therfore
                 much
                 less
                 there
                 
                 where
                 no
                 such
                 medicaments
                 can
                 be
                 applyed
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               25.
               
            
             
               For
               blood
               to
               be
               carried
               upward
               of
               what
               kind
               soever
               it
               be
               ,
               is
               an
               evil
               sign
               ,
               but
               if
               black
               blood
               be
               avoided
               downwards
               it
               is
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 carried
                 upwards
                 ,
                 it
                 shews
                 there
                 is
                 some
                 vessel
                 opened
                 ,
                 extended
                 ,
                 or
                 broken
                 in
                 the
                 upper
                 parts
                 .
                 And
                 in
                 this
                 place
                 by
                 carrying
                 upward
                 is
                 meant
                 through
                 the
                 mouth
                 ,
                 not
                 through
                 the
                 nostrils
                 ,
                 which
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 is
                 good
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               26.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               man
               being
               afflicted
               with
               a
               bloody-flux
               ,
               void
               as
               it
               were
               little
               pieces
               of
               flesh
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               mortal
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 then
                 the
                 exulceration
                 is
                 so
                 great
                 that
                 it
                 can
                 no
                 way
                 be
                 healed
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               27.
               
            
             
               To
               those
               which
               have
               store
               of
               blood
               flowing
               from
               what
               part
               soever
               ,
               in
               Feavers
               ,
               their
               bodies
               become
               
               
               
               come
               moist
               after
               they
               have
               been
               refreshed
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 natural
                 heat
                 is
                 weakened
                 by
                 store
                 of
                 blood
                 flowing
                 ,
                 and
                 though
                 here
                 mention
                 be
                 made
                 onely
                 of
                 Feavers
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 holds
                 in
                 other
                 diseases
                 likewise
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               28.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               avoid
               chollerick
               excrements
               downward
               ,
               if
               deafness
               come
               thereupon
               ,
               they
               cease
               from
               avoiding
               them
               .
               And
               those
               which
               are
               affected
               with
               deafness
               are
               cured
               of
               it
               by
               avoiding
               of
               chollerick
               excrements
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 means
                 not
                 a
                 permanent
                 deafness
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 is
                 not
                 so
                 cured
                 ,
                 but
                 of
                 a
                 transitory
                 or
                 supervening
                 deafness
                 caused
                 by
                 cholerick
                 humors
                 molesting
                 the
                 brain
                 ,
                 which
                 must
                 needs
                 cease
                 when
                 they
                 come
                 down
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               29.
               
            
             
               If
               cold
               shakings
               happen
               ,
               to
               them
               that
               are
               sick
               of
               an
               Ague
               ,
               
               the
               sixt
               day
               they
               have
               a
               difficult
               Crysis
               ,
               and
               we
               cannot
               well
               judge
               of
               the
               disease
               ▪
            
             
               
                 Because
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 they
                 presage
                 either
                 death
                 or
                 return
                 of
                 the
                 disease
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               30.
               
            
             
               In
               them
               which
               are
               afflicted
               with
               fits
               of
               Agues
               ,
               whensoever
               the
               Ague
               shall
               leave
               them
               ,
               if
               it
               return
               the
               same
               hour
               the
               next
               day
               it
               is
               wont
               to
               have
               a
               difficult
               Crysis
               ,
               and
               determination
               .
            
             
               
                 That
                 is
                 to
                 say
                 it
                 will
                 not
                 easily
                 be
                 dissolved
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               31.
               
            
             
               Imposthumes
               are
               caused
               neer
               the
               joynts
               ,
               and
               especially
               neer
               the
               jaw-bones
               ,
               or
               mandibles
               to
               them
               which
               feel
               weariness
               or
               lassitude
               in
               Feavers
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 Feaver
                 having
                 drawn
                 the
                 humors
                 up
                 into
                 the
                 head
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 fall
                 down
                 again
                 
                 
                 
                 the
                 jaw-bones
                 being
                 very
                 weak
                 cannot
                 expel
                 them
                 to
                 other
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 but
                 there
                 they
                 must
                 rest
                 .
                 And
                 the
                 joynts
                 heated
                 by
                 motion
                 attract
                 the
                 humors
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               32.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               recovering
               from
               a
               disease
               have
               a
               pain
               in
               some
               place
               shal
               have
               Imposthumes
               or
               botches
               in
               that
               place
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 speaks
                 of
                 such
                 as
                 recover
                 and
                 yet
                 have
                 some
                 reliques
                 of
                 feaverish
                 matter
                 remaining
                 in
                 their
                 bodies
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               33.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               part
               be
               pained
               before
               the
               disease
               ,
               there
               is
               the
               seat
               of
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 Therefore
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 a
                 principal
                 part
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 indeavor
                 to
                 divert
                 the
                 humors
                 from
                 thence
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               34.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               suffocation
               of
               the
               breath
               do
               happen
               upon
               a
               suddain
               to
               one
               afflicted
               with
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               no
               swelling
               
               appearing
               in
               the
               jaws
               or
               gullet
               ,
               it
               is
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 that
                 Phlegm
                 stoppeth
                 his
                 breath
                 and
                 respiration
                 ,
                 without
                 which
                 he
                 cannot
                 live
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               35.
               
            
             
               If
               to
               one
               afflicted
               with
               a
               Feaver
               the
               neck
               be
               suddainly
               turned
               awry
               ,
               and
               he
               can
               scarce
               swallow
               ,
               and
               no
               swelling
               appear
               it
               is
               deadly
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 shews
                 there
                 is
                 an
                 inflammation
                 in
                 the
                 muscles
                 lying
                 before
                 the
                 throat
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 throat
                 it self
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               36.
               
            
             
               Sweats
               are
               good
               to
               those
               who
               are
               sick
               of
               an
               Ague
               ,
               if
               they
               issue
               forth
               the
               third
               ,
               fifth
               ,
               seventh
               ,
               ninth
               eleventh
               ,
               fourteenth
               ,
               seventeenth
               ,
               one
               and
               twentieth
               ,
               thirty
               ,
               and
               four
               and
               thirtieth
               days
               ,
               for
               those
               sweats
               work
               the
               dissolution
               of
               the
               disease
               :
               those
               which
               happen
               otherwise
               signifie
               pain
               and
               length
               of
               the
               disease
               ,
               or
               a
               return
               of
               the
               same
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 For
                 these
                 are
                 the
                 onely
                 days
                 of
                 Critical
                 sweats
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 we
                 may
                 be
                 judge
                 of
                 the
                 d●ssolution
                 of
                 the
                 disease
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               37.
               
            
             
               Cold
               sweats
               with
               a
               sharp
               Feaver
               betoken
               death
               ,
               but
               with
               a
               milde
               and
               gentle
               Ague
               ,
               length
               of
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 shews
                 that
                 the
                 Patients
                 body
                 doth
                 so
                 much
                 abound
                 in
                 cold
                 humors
                 ,
                 that
                 neither
                 the
                 natural
                 ,
                 nor
                 the
                 sharp
                 Feavers
                 heat
                 is
                 able
                 to
                 heat
                 them
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               38
               ▪
            
             
               In
               what
               part
               of
               the
               body
               the
               the
               sweat
               is
               ,
               there
               is
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 in
                 that
                 part
                 ,
                 stick
                 the
                 redundant
                 and
                 noxious
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               39.
               
            
             
               And
               in
               what
               part
               of
               the
               body
               there
               is
               heat
               or
               cold
               ,
               there
               the
               the
               disease
               is
               setled
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 in
                 an
                 excessive
                 manner
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 not
                 proceeding
                 from
                 any
                 external
                 cause
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 shews
                 a
                 distemperature
                 contrary
                 to
                 health
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               40.
               
            
             
               And
               when
               alterations
               do
               happen
               in
               the
               whole
               body
               ,
               and
               it
               is
               sometimes
               cool
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               hot
               ,
               or
               one
               colour
               arises
               after
               another
               ,
               it
               signifies
               continuance
               of
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 Nature
                 cannot
                 in
                 a
                 short
                 time
                 concoct
                 and
                 subdue
                 several
                 defects
                 or
                 diseases
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               41.
               
            
             
               Much
               sweating
               caused
               through
               sleep
               without
               any
               manifest
               outward
               cause
               ,
               signifies
               that
               the
               body
               is
               fed
               with
               store
               of
               food
               .
               But
               if
               this
               happen
               to
               one
               that
               feeds
               sparingly
               ,
               it
               shews
               that
               the
               body
               wants
               evacuation
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 evil
                 humors
                 and
                 excrements
                 which
                 are
                 the
                 causes
                 of
                 that
                 sweating
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               42.
               
            
             
               When
               there
               is
               much
               sweat
               cold
               or
               hot
               always
               issuing
               forth
               ,
               the
               cold
               signifies
               a
               longer
               ,
               the
               hot
               a
               shorter
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 shews
                 the
                 matter
                 to
                 be
                 thin
                 ,
                 which
                 nature
                 can
                 easily
                 concoct
                 and
                 shake
                 off
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               43.
               
            
             
               Continual
               Feavers
               which
               afflict
               every
               third
               day
               more
               vehemently
               ,
               and
               do
               not
               cease
               are
               the
               more
               dangerous
               ,
               but
               if
               they
               cease
               and
               pause
               in
               any
               manner
               ,
               they
               signifie
               that
               there
               is
               no
               present
               danger
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 sheweth
                 the
                 Phlegm
                 doth
                 not
                 trouble
                 any
                 noble
                 part
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 no
                 venemous
                 force
                 hath
                 laid
                 siege
                 to
                 any
                 principal
                 part
                 .
                 And
                 natural
                 strength
                 doth
                 recollect
                 it self
                 during
                 the
                 intermission
                 of
                 the
                 Feaver
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               44.
               
            
             
               Swellings
               and
               pains
               about
               the
               joynts
               are
               caused
               to
               them
               who
               
               are
               afflicted
               with
               long
               Agues
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 the
                 humors
                 set●●ng
                 in
                 those
                 places
                 ,
                 unless
                 they
                 be
                 carried
                 away
                 by
                 a
                 thick
                 white
                 urine
                 making
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               45.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               swellings
               and
               pains
               of
               the
               joynts
               after
               long
               Ague
               ,
               feed
               over
               liberally
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 disease
                 being
                 gone
                 ,
                 no
                 other
                 reason
                 can
                 be
                 given
                 for
                 this
                 redundancy
                 of
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               46.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               cold
               shivering
               fit
               ,
               the
               Feaver
               being
               without
               intermission
               ,
               do
               assail
               the
               sick
               man
               being
               already
               weak
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               deadly
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 shews
                 nature
                 to
                 be
                 so
                 far
                 spent
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 able
                 onely
                 to
                 stir
                 ,
                 but
                 not
                 to
                 thrust
                 out
                 the
                 excrement
                 ;
                 or
                 if
                 it
                 doth
                 ,
                 the
                 sick
                 man
                 fainteth
                 therewith
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               47.
               
            
             
               Excrements
               avoided
               in
               Feavers
               not
               intermittent
               ,
               by
               vomit
               ,
               
               
               
               or
               spitting
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               of
               a
               leaden
               colour
               ,
               bloody
               ,
               stinking
               ,
               or
               cholerick
               ,
               they
               are
               all
               evil
               :
               but
               if
               they
               come
               forth
               conveniently
               they
               are
               good
            
             
               
                 Leaden
                 colour
                 because
                 they
                 signifie
                 a
                 mortification
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 from
                 whence
                 they
                 come
                 ;
                 bloody
                 because
                 they
                 signifie
                 an
                 opening
                 of
                 some
                 vessels
                 .
                 Stinking
                 because
                 they
                 signifie
                 putrifaction
                 .
                 Ch●lerick
                 because
                 they
                 testifie
                 abundance
                 of
                 choller
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               48.
               
            
             
               In
               continual
               Feavers
               ,
               if
               the
               exterior
               parts
               be
               cold
               ,
               and
               the
               inward
               burn
               ,
               and
               the
               Patient
               be
               thirsty
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               deadly
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 ●eat
                 of
                 that
                 inward
                 part
                 draws
                 all
                 the
                 blood
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 heart
                 is
                 oppressed
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               49
            
             
               In
               continual
               Feavers
               ,
               if
               the
               lip
               ,
               eye
               ,
               brows
               ,
               or
               nose
               be
               turned
               aawry
               ,
               
               if
               the
               sick
               man
               do
               not
               see
               nor
               hear
               ,
               which
               soever
               of
               these
               shall
               happen
               ,
               the
               body
               being
               weak
               ,
               death
               is
               neer
               at
               hand
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 all
                 these
                 are
                 signs
                 that
                 the
                 moving
                 animal
                 faculty
                 suffereth
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               50.
               
            
             
               If
               there
               happeneth
               in
               a
               continual
               Feaver
               defficulty
               and
               hardniss
               of
               breathing
               ,
               with
               delirium
               and
               doting
               ,
               these
               signs
               are
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 that
                 both
                 the
                 brain
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 instruments
                 of
                 breathing
                 do
                 suffer
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               51.
               
            
             
               Aposthumes
               in
               Feavers
               which
               are
               not
               dissolved
               in
               the
               first
               Crysis
               or
               judgement
               signifie
               length
               of
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 they
                 shew
                 that
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 multitude
                 of
                 noxious
                 humors
                 ,
                 which
                 nature
                 could
                 not
                 expel
                 at
                 one
                 Crysis
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               52.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               not
               absurd
               to
               weep
               and
               shed
               
               
               
               tears
               in
               Feavers
               and
               other
               diseases
               voluntarily
               ,
               but
               to
               weep
               against
               the
               will
               is
               very
               absurd
               and
               inconvenient
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 that
                 weeping
                 against
                 the
                 will
                 shews
                 a
                 weakness
                 and
                 imbecility
                 in
                 the
                 retentive
                 faculty
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               53.
               
            
             
               They
               have
               fierce
               and
               vehement
               Feavers
               ,
               who
               have
               a
               tough
               ,
               and
               clammy
               moisture
               about
               their
               teeth
               in
               those
               Feavers
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 those
                 clammy
                 moistures
                 cannot
                 grow
                 there
                 so
                 abundantly
                 without
                 excessive
                 heat
                 which
                 dries
                 up
                 the
                 pituitous
                 humor
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               54.
               
            
             
               Those
               who
               have
               long
               lasting
               dry
               coughs
               ,
               in
               burning
               Feavers
               ,
               which
               do
               not
               provoke
               much
               ,
               are
               not
               wont
               to
               be
               very
               thirsty
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 by
                 that
                 motion
                 which
                 is
                 made
                 in
                 coughing
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 some
                 humidity
                 drawn
                 from
                 those
                 places
                 which
                 are
                 
                 adjoyning
                 to
                 the
                 rough
                 artery
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               55.
               
            
             
               All
               Feavers
               proceeding
               from
               tumors
               in
               the
               groyn
               ,
               and
               other
               adenous
               parts
               are
               evil
               ,
               except
               diary
               Feavers
               which
               last
               but
               one
               day
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 those
                 Feavers
                 come
                 when
                 those
                 tumors
                 are
                 caused
                 by
                 some
                 outward
                 thing
                 ,
                 as
                 some
                 blow
                 or
                 the
                 like
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 by
                 any
                 inward
                 inflammation
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               56.
               
            
             
               Sweat
               coming
               often
               upon
               one
               sick
               of
               an
               Ague
               not
               ceasing
               ,
               is
               evil
               ,
               for
               the
               disease
               is
               prolonged
               ,
               and
               it
               signifieth
               that
               there
               is
               much
               moisture
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 abundance
                 of
                 moisture
                 asketh
                 nature
                 much
                 time
                 to
                 concoct
                 and
                 disperse
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               57.
               
            
             
               If
               o●e
               have
               Convulsions
               ,
               or
               Cramps
               ,
               a
               Feaver
               coming
               dissolveth
               them
               :
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 Feaver
                 doth
                 heat
                 ,
                 extenuate
                 ,
                 and
                 shake
                 off
                 those
                 cold
                 humors
                 which
                 filled
                 up
                 the
                 nervous
                 parts
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               58.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               cold
               shaking
               fit
               doth
               come
               upon
               him
               which
               hath
               a
               burning
               Feaver
               ,
               it
               dissolveth
               it
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 a
                 burning
                 Feaver
                 being
                 caused
                 by
                 choller
                 putrifying
                 in
                 the
                 veins
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 cold
                 shaking
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 cholers
                 being
                 swiftly
                 carryed
                 about
                 the
                 sensible
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 it
                 shews
                 that
                 the
                 choler
                 is
                 come
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 veins
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 skin
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               59.
               
            
             
               An
               exquisite
               and
               perfect
               Tertian
               Feaver
               cometh
               to
               his
               Crysis
               or
               state
               ,
               in
               seven
               circuits
               or
               fits
               ,
               at
               the
               utmost
               .
            
             
               
                 An
                 exquisite
                 Tertian
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 yellow
                 choler
                 carried
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 the
                 sensible
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 keeping
                 its
                 nature
                 pure
                 and
                 sincere
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               60.
               
            
             
               Those
               that
               wax
               deaf
               and
               thick
               of
               hearing
               through
               Feavers
               ,
               are
               delivered
               from
               it
               ,
               by
               flux
               of
               blood
               at
               the
               nose
               ,
               or
               by
               the
               belly
               .
            
             
               
                 It
                 is
                 no
                 marvel
                 if
                 diseases
                 cease
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 are
                 translated
                 or
                 carried
                 away
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               61.
               
            
             
               Unless
               the
               Feaver
               leave
               the
               patient
               in
               the
               odd
               days
               ,
               it
               is
               accustomed
               to
               return
               again
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 this
                 Aphorism
                 should
                 speak
                 of
                 all
                 Feavers
                 it
                 were
                 false
                 :
                 if
                 of
                 acute
                 and
                 continual
                 Feavers
                 it
                 is
                 true
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               62.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               the
               yellow
               Jaundise
               upon
               Agues
               before
               the
               seventh
               day
               have
               an
               evil
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 yellow
                 Jaundies
                 proceeds
                 from
                 the
                 inflammation
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               63.
               
            
             
               Those
               Feavers
               which
               have
               their
               
               
               
               shaking
               fits
               every
               day
               are
               every
               day
               dissolved
               .
            
             
               
                 Yet
                 there
                 remains
                 some
                 fire
                 wherby
                 the
                 paroxism
                 is
                 renewed
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               64.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               a
               good
               thing
               for
               them
               which
               have
               the
               yellow-Jaundies
               coming
               on
               them
               in
               Feavers
               on
               the
               7
               day
               ,
               ninth
               ,
               eleventh
               ,
               or
               fourteenth
               ,
               unless
               the
               right
               Hypocondrium
               be
               hard
               ,
               for
               then
               it
               is
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 Hypocondrium
                 being
                 hard
                 signifies
                 there
                 is
                 an
                 inflammation
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               65.
               
            
             
               In
               Feavers
               a
               vehement
               heat
               about
               the
               Stomach
               ,
               and
               a
               gnawing
               about
               the
               heart
               is
               bad
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 an
                 ebullition
                 of
                 choler
                 in
                 the
                 tunicles
                 of
                 the
                 ventricle
                 or
                 stomach
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               66
               ▪
            
             
               Convulsions
               and
               vehement
               pains
               about
               the
               bowels
               in
               sharp
               Feavers
               are
               evil
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 vehement
                 Feavers
                 dry
                 and
                 stretch
                 the
                 nerves
                 like
                 fire
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 the
                 same
                 vehemence
                 of
                 heat
                 and
                 drought
                 ,
                 the
                 bowels
                 are
                 pained
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               67.
               
            
             
               In
               feavers
               great
               fears
               or
               Convulsions
               after
               sleep
               do
               prognosticate
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 fears
                 signifie
                 the
                 repletion
                 of
                 the
                 head
                 with
                 melancholy
                 humors
                 and
                 Convulsions
                 ,
                 abundance
                 of
                 phlegmatick
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               68.
               
            
             
               The
               breath
               not
               keeping
               its
               due
               course
               ,
               is
               evil
               :
               for
               it
               doth
               signifie
               convulsion
               .
            
             
               
                 Caused
                 by
                 the
                 over-drying
                 of
                 the
                 muscles
                 and
                 nerves
                 which
                 move
                 the
                 stomack
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               69.
               
            
             
               Urines
               in
               a
               Feaver
               being
               thick
               ,
               clotted
               ,
               and
               little
               in
               quantity
               ,
               do
               profit
               them
               that
               make
               them
               ,
               if
               afterwards
               ,
               thin
               urine
               ,
               and
               much
               
               
               
               in
               quantity
               be
               avoided
               by
               them
               .
               But
               those
               urines
               most
               commonly
               become
               such
               ,
               in
               which
               the
               hypostasis
               or
               sediment
               shal
               appear
               presently
               after
               they
               are
               made
               ,
               or
               not
               long
               after
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 gross
                 humors
                 causing
                 the
                 Feaver
                 are
                 expelled
                 in
                 the
                 humor
                 ,
                 which
                 makes
                 the
                 urine
                 which
                 comes
                 afterwards
                 to
                 be
                 thin
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 that
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               70.
               
            
             
               Those
               who
               have
               their
               water
               troubled
               or
               unclean
               in
               Agues
               ,
               such
               as
               are
               the
               waters
               of
               Cattel
               ,
               have
               or
               shall
               have
               head-aches
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 windy
                 or
                 flatuous
                 spirit
                 is
                 easily
                 drawn
                 up
                 into
                 the
                 head
                 together
                 with
                 heat
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               71.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               shall
               have
               their
               Crysis
               or
               alteration
               of
               the
               disease
               the
               seventh
               day
               ,
               have
               a
               little
               red
               cloud
               in
               the
               urine
               the
               fourth
               day
               ,
               
               
               
               and
               other
               things
               thereunto
               belonging
               accordingly
               .
            
             
               
                 These
                 red
                 clouds
                 are
                 seldom
                 seen
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 white
                 be
                 frequent
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 both
                 of
                 them
                 signs
                 of
                 concoction
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               72.
               
            
             
               Urines
               very
               cleer
               and
               white
               are
               bad
               ,
               especially
               in
               those
               who
               are
               afflicted
               with
               phrensies
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 such
                 urines
                 are
                 signs
                 of
                 an
                 extreme
                 crudity
                 .
                 And
              
               Galen
               
                 saith
                 he
                 never
                 knew
                 any
                 one
                 who
                 was
                 afflicted
                 with
                 a
                 phrensie
                 ,
                 and
                 made
                 such
                 water
                 ,
                 saved
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               73.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               an
               inflation
               of
               the
               Hypoco●dria
               ,
               and
               a
               rumbling
               pain
               of
               the
               loyns
               succeeding
               ,
               have
               their
               bellies
               moistned
               &
               loosened
               except
               the
               wind
               break
               forth
               downwards
               ,
               or
               store
               of
               urine
               do
               issue
               forth
               .
               And
               these
               things
               happen
               in
               Feavers
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 in
                 essential
                 ,
                 not
                 symptomatical
                 
                 
                 
                 Feavers
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 diseases
                 of
                 themselves
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               74.
               
            
             
               Those
               that
               have
               hope
               of
               Aposthumations
               to
               come
               about
               the
               joynts
               ,
               much
               urine
               thick
               and
               white
               doth
               deliver
               from
               the
               Aposthume
               ,
               such
               as
               is
               wont
               to
               be
               avoided
               in
               painful
               Feavers
               the
               fourth
               day
               :
               when
               also
               blood
               shall
               be
               voided
               out
               of
               the
               nostrils
               ,
               there
               shall
               be
               a
               dissolution
               &
               deliverance
               speedily
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 those
                 urines
                 purge
                 out
                 the
                 humors
                 which
                 would
                 cause
                 the
                 aposthumations
                 ,
                 and
                 especially
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 bleeding
                 at
                 the
                 nostrils
                 joyned
                 ,
                 for
                 then
                 the
                 causes
                 issue
                 out
                 two
                 ways
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               75.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               piss
               blood
               or
               filthy
               matter
               ,
               it
               signifies
               an
               exulceration
               of
               the
               Kidneys
               or
               bladder
               .
            
             
               
                 That
                 is
                 ,
                 if
                 he
                 do
                 it
                 for
                 a
                 continuance
                 ,
                 for
                 otherwise
                 it
                 may
                 proceed
                 from
                 some
                 other
                 cause
              
            
             
             
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               76.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               small
               pieces
               of
               flesh
               ,
               or
               as
               it
               were
               hairs
               issuing
               forth
               together
               with
               thick
               urine
               ,
               do
               avoid
               those
               excrements
               from
               the
               Kidneys
               .
            
             
               
                 Those
                 small
                 pieces
                 of
                 flesh
                 are
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 reins
                 or
                 kidneys
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 a
                 manifest
                 sign
                 of
                 their
                 being
                 ulcerated
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 hairs
                 are
                 onely
                 bred
                 there
                 ,
                 but
                 are
                 no
                 part
                 of
                 them
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               77.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               avoid
               thick
               urine
               with
               certain
               things
               like
               bran
               ,
               have
               their
               bladder
               infected
               with
               scabbedness
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 the
                 defect
                 be
                 not
                 in
                 the
                 veins
                 for
                 such
                 stuff
                 comes
                 sometime
                 from
                 them
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               78.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               piss
               blood
               on
               a
               suddain
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               sign
               there
               is
               some
               vein
               of
               the
               Kidneys
               broken
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 meer
                 and
                 pure
                 blood
                 ,
                 and
                 
                 
                 
                 without
                 any
                 external
                 cause
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               79.
               
            
             
               They
               in
               whose
               urine
               appeareth
               an
               hypostasis
               or
               sediment
               full
               of
               sand
               ,
               have
               their
               bladder
               troubled
               with
               the
               stone
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 mutilated
                 and
                 defective
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 sand
                 may
                 come
                 as
                 well
                 from
                 the
                 kidneys
                 as
                 from
                 the
                 bladder
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               80.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               one
               piss
               blood
               or
               clots
               of
               blood
               ,
               and
               make
               his
               water
               by
               drops
               having
               pain
               in
               that
               part
               of
               the
               belly
               (
               which
               is
               between
               the
               Navel
               and
               the
               secret
               parts
               )
               named
               
                 hypogastrion
                 :
              
               or
               at
               the
               seame
               line
               of
               the
               skin
               of
               the
               Cods
               ,
               called
               
                 perinaeum
                 ,
              
               and
               at
               the
               place
               called
               
                 pecten
              
               (
               where
               the
               hair
               about
               the
               privy
               members
               groweth
               )
               then
               the
               places
               about
               the
               bladder
               are
               diseased
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 all
                 the
                 parts
                 belonging
                 
                 to
                 the
                 bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 the
                 bladder
                 onely
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               81.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               one
               piss
               blood
               or
               filthy
               matter
               ,
               or
               little
               scales
               ,
               and
               there
               be
               also
               a
               stinking
               or
               strong
               smell
               ,
               it
               betokens
               an
               exulceration
               of
               the
               bladder
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 two
                 first
                 accidents
                 may
                 happen
                 upon
                 the
                 exulceration
                 of
                 any
                 of
                 the
                 instruments
                 serving
                 to
                 make
                 water
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 scales
                 and
                 stink
                 are
                 proper
                 signs
                 of
                 the
                 bladder
                 being
                 ill-affected
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               82.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               an
               Aposthume
               bred
               in
               the
               urinary
               passage
               ,
               are
               delivered
               from
               it
               ,
               the
               same
               being
               brought
               to
               suppuration
               and
               broken
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 suppuration
                 and
                 breaking
                 ,
                 gives
                 the
                 urine
                 free
                 passage
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               83.
               
            
             
               Voiding
               of
               much
               urine
               in
               the
               
               
               
               night
               doth
               signifie
               small
               evacuation
               of
               excrements
               by
               the
               Fundament
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 makes
                 particular
                 mention
                 of
                 the
                 night
                 ,
                 because
                 at
                 that
                 time
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 sleep
                 Nature
                 is
                 most
                 busie
                 about
                 her
                 concoction
                 and
                 distribution
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
         
           
             SECT
             :
             V.
             
          
           
             
               The
               Argument
               .
            
             
               This
               fift
               Book
               or
               Section
               is
               variable
               ,
               yet
               it
               doth
               almost
               wholly
               intreat
               of
               the
               diseases
               of
               women
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               good
               and
               bad
               dispositions
               of
               the
               womb
               .
            
          
           
             
               APHORISM
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               A
               Convulsion
               after
               taking
               Hellebore
               is
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 after
                 white
                 Hellebore
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 for
                 five
                 causes
                 .
                 First
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 agreement
                 which
                 is
                 ●etween
                 the
                 nerves
                 and
                 the
                 mouth
                 of
                 the
                 Stomack
                 .
                 Secondly
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 biting
                 humors
                 which
                 it
                 draws
                 to
                 the
                 mouth
                 of
                 the
                 stomack
                 .
                 Thirdly
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 abundant
                 
                 
                 
                 evacuation
                 the
                 Hellebore
                 causeth
                 .
                 Fourthly
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 attractive
                 faculty
                 by
                 which
                 it
                 draws
                 the
                 moistness
                 from
                 the
                 nerves
                 .
                 And
                 fiftly
                 because
                 it
                 vehemently
                 dryes
                 up
                 the
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 nerves
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               2.
               
            
             
               A
               Convulsion
               caused
               by
               a
               wound
               is
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 Not
                 always
                 but
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               3.
               
            
             
               The
               Hicket
               ,
               or
               a
               Convulsion
               after
               a
               copious
               flux
               of
               blood
               is
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 of
                 the
                 great
                 emptiness
                 caused
                 by
                 the
                 copious
                 flux
                 of
                 blood
                 ,
                 and
                 because
                 the
                 Hicket
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 a
                 depraved
                 motion
                 of
                 the
                 ventricle
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               4.
               
            
             
               After
               an
               immoderate
               purgation
               ,
               a
               Convulsion
               or
               Hicket
               is
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 same
                 reason
                 that
                 they
                 are
                 evil
                 after
                 taking
                 of
                 Hellebore
                 .
              
               Aph.
               
                 1.
                 
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               5.
               
            
             
               If
               one
               that
               is
               drunk
               suddainly
               fall
               dumb
               ,
               he
               shall
               die
               with
               a
               Convulsion
               unless
               he
               be
               taken
               with
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               or
               presently
               recover
               his
               speech
               as
               soon
               as
               his
               surfet
               is
               dissolved
            
             
               Obj.
               
                 How
                 can
                 wine
                 being
                 hot
                 cause
                 a
                 Convulsion
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 cold
                 disease
                 ?
              
            
             
               A.
               
                 Wine
                 is
                 hot
                 moderately
                 taken
                 ,
                 over
                 abundantly
                 cold
                 as
                 a
                 little
                 oil
                 powred
                 upon
                 a
                 fire
                 will
                 increase
                 it
                 ,
                 but
                 an
                 over
                 abonnding
                 quantity
                 thrown
                 upon
                 a
                 little
                 will
                 put
                 it
                 out
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               6.
               
            
             
               Those
               who
               are
               taken
               with
               a
               Cramp
               or
               distention
               called
               Tetanus
               ,
               die
               within
               four
               days
               ,
               or
               if
               they
               overpass
               them
               they
               recover
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 that
                 nature
                 hath
                 overcome
                 the
                 disease
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               7.
               
            
             
               The
               falling
               sickness
               ,
               which
               is
               before
               ripeness
               of
               years
               may
               be
               cured
               :
               
               
               
               but
               that
               which
               comes
               after
               five
               and
               twenty
               yeers
               of
               age
               for
               the
               most
               part
               accompanies
               us
               to
               death
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 ripeness
                 of
                 yeers
                 he
                 means
                 25
                 yeers
                 of
                 age
                 ,
                 yet
                 they
                 are
                 not
                 all
                 curable
                 before
                 that
                 age
                 ,
                 unless
                 they
                 take
                 a
                 care
                 in
                 dieting
                 themselves
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               8.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               a
               plurisie
               ,
               unless
               they
               be
               purged
               upwards
               within
               fourteen
               days
               ,
               shall
               have
               their
               disease
               turned
               into
               an
               imposthume
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 spitting
                 and
                 purging
                 such
                 matter
                 upward
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               9.
               
            
             
               A
               Consumption
               likely
               happeneth
               in
               that
               age
               which
               is
               from
               the
               18
               to
               the
               35.
               
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 that
                 Consumption
                 which
                 comes
                 by
                 an
                 exulceration
                 of
                 the
                 Lungs
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               10.
               
            
             
               Those
               who
               have
               the
               evil
               cause
               of
               the
               Squinancy
               and
               escape
               it
               ,
               that
               
               evil
               passeth
               to
               the
               Lungs
               ,
               and
               they
               dye
               within
               seven
               days
               ,
               but
               if
               they
               escape
               ,
               the
               humor
               imposthumates
               .
            
             
               
                 And
                 if
                 that
                 imposthumated
                 humor
                 be
                 not
                 purged
                 out
                 it
                 breeds
                 a
                 Consumption
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               11.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               spittle
               which
               they
               void
               by
               coughing
               that
               are
               affected
               with
               a
               Consumption
               ,
               do
               stink
               vehemently
               being
               cast
               upon
               the
               coals
               ,
               and
               the
               hairs
               of
               the
               head
               do
               fall
               off
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               deadly
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 more
                 faculties
                 are
                 weakned
                 in
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 worser
                 case
                 the
                 Patient
                 is
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               12.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               flux
               of
               the
               belly
               happen
               to
               them
               ,
               which
               have
               their
               hair
               falling
               away
               by
               a
               Consumption
               ;
               death
               is
               neer
               at
               hand
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 proceeding
                 from
                 weakness
                 also
                 ,
                 it
                 shews
                 a
                 further
                 weakening
                 
                 
                 
                 of
                 the
                 natural
                 faculties
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               13.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               cough
               forth
               frothy
               blood
               ,
               do
               retch
               and
               draw
               the
               same
               out
               of
               the
               Lungs
               .
            
             
               
                 And
                 it
                 is
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 very
                 substance
                 and
                 flesh
                 of
                 the
                 Lungs
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               14.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               flux
               of
               the
               belly
               happen
               to
               him
               which
               is
               in
               a
               Consumption
               it
               is
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 affirms
                 what
                 was
                 said
                 before
                 Aph.
                 12
                 and
                 moreover
                 that
                 a
                 flux
                 of
                 the
                 belly
                 added
                 to
                 a
                 Consumption
                 ,
                 is
                 alone
                 sufficient
                 to
                 kill
                 without
                 falling
                 away
                 of
                 the
                 hair
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               15.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               infected
               with
               an
               imposthume
               by
               a
               Plurisie
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               purged
               from
               the
               corrupt
               matter
               within
               forty
               days
               after
               the
               breaking
               of
               the
               imposthume
               are
               cured
               ,
               or
               otherwise
               they
               pass
               into
               a
               Consumption
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 matter
                 will
                 otherwise
                 be
                 so
                 putrified
                 that
                 it
                 will
                 perish
                 the
                 lungs
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               16.
               
            
             
               Hot
               water
               too
               often
               used
               ,
               bringeth
               these
               discommodities
               :
               tenderness
               of
               the
               flesh
               ,
               distemperature
               of
               the
               sinews
               ,
               heaviness
               ,
               and
               stupefaction
               of
               the
               mind
               ,
               fluxes
               of
               blood
               ,
               faintings
               and
               swounings
               ;
               and
               to
               these
               things
               succeeds
               death
            
             
               
                 Hippocrates
                 here
                 wisheth
                 us
                 to
                 shun
                 ;
                 the
                 excessive
                 use
                 of
                 any
                 thing
                 ,
                 though
                 never
                 so
                 temperate
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               17.
               
            
             
               The
               use
               of
               cold
               water
               ,
               bringeth
               Convulsions
               ,
               distentions
               or
               Cramps
               ,
               blackness
               ,
               and
               cold
               Aguish
               shakings
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 is
                 also
                 not
                 of
                 the
                 use
                 simply
                 but
                 of
                 the
                 immoderate
                 use
                 of
                 cold
                 water
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               18.
               
            
             
               Cold
               water
               is
               hurtful
               to
               the
               bones
               ,
               teeth
               ,
               sinews
               ,
               brain
               ,
               and
               
               
               
               marrow
               of
               the
               back
               .
               But
               that
               which
               is
               hot
               is
               good
               and
               profitable
               .
            
             
               
                 All
                 the
                 parts
                 here
                 rehearsed
                 are
                 by
                 nature
                 the
                 coldest
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               19.
               
            
             
               We
               must
               heat
               those
               things
               which
               are
               over
               cold
               ,
               except
               those
               which
               pour
               forth
               or
               are
               inclined
               to
               pour
               forth
               blood
               abundantly
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 when
                 there
                 are
                 more
                 diseases
                 then
                 one
                 coupled
                 together
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 make
                 hast
                 to
                 cure
                 that
                 first
                 which
                 is
                 most
                 urgent
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               20.
               
            
             
               Cold
               water
               biteth
               and
               nippeth
               Ulcers
               ,
               hardeneth
               the
               skin
               ,
               hindereth
               a
               soreness
               from
               maturation
               of
               the
               corrupt
               matter
               ,
               causeth
               blackness
               ,
               bringeth
               forth
               cold
               shivering
               fits
               of
               Agues
               ,
               Convulsions
               ,
               and
               distentions
               of
               the
               sinews
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 relates
                 some
                 other
                 hurts
                 which
                 cold
                 water
                 doth
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               21.
               
            
             
               Notwithstanding
               there
               is
               some
               time
               when
               in
               the
               Cramp
               without
               an
               ulcer
               in
               a
               wel
               flesht
               young
               man
               in
               the
               midst
               of
               Summer
               ,
               plentiful
               pouring
               out
               of
               cold
               water
               ,
               doth
               call
               back
               the
               heat
               ,
               and
               so
               the
               heat
               dissolves
               the
               Cramp
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 is
                 not
                 done
                 by
                 any
                 vertue
                 of
                 its
                 ,
                 but
                 accidentally
                 by
                 drawing
                 the
                 natural
                 heat
                 outward
                 in
                 such
                 well
                 flesht
                 young
                 men
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               22.
               
            
             
               Hot
               water
               yieldeth
               unto
               us
               a
               great
               token
               of
               security
               and
               safety
               ,
               when
               it
               causeth
               suppuration
               ,
               yet
               not
               in
               all
               Ulcers
               .
               It
               softneth
               and
               mollifieth
               the
               skin
               ,
               and
               maketh
               it
               thin
               ,
               it
               doth
               appease
               pain
               ,
               it
               mitigateth
               and
               assawageth
               cold
               shakeings
               ,
               Convulsions
               and
               distentions
               :
               It
               dissolveth
               the
               heaviness
               of
               the
               head
               :
               It
               profiteth
               broken
               bones
               very
               much
               ;
               especially
               if
               they
               be
               
               
               
               bare
               without
               flesh
               ,
               and
               principally
               in
               the
               head
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               ulcerated
               :
               it
               profiteth
               those
               things
               which
               are
               mortified
               ,
               and
               ulcerated
               through
               cold
               ,
               eating
               Ulcers
               in
               the
               Fundament
               ,
               privy
               members
               ,
               womb
               ,
               and
               bladder
               .
               To
               all
               those
               hot
               water
               is
               a
               friend
               ,
               and
               of
               good
               judgement
               ;
               but
               cold
               water
               is
               an
               enemy
               and
               destroyer
               .
            
             
               
                 Not
                 in
                 all
                 ulcers
                 ,
                 because
                 some
                 wil
                 not
                 be
                 brought
                 to
                 supuration
                 by
                 heat
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               23.
               
            
             
               We
               must
               use
               cold
               water
               to
               those
               sores
               from
               whence
               blood
               doth
               issue
               ,
               or
               is
               about
               to
               issue
               ,
               yet
               not
               to
               the
               same
               place
               ,
               but
               neer
               to
               it
               .
               And
               if
               any
               inflammation
               or
               burning
               of
               the
               parts
               ,
               do
               incline
               to
               a
               red
               and
               bloody
               color
               ,
               with
               fresh
               cleer
               blood
               ,
               apply
               cold
               water
               to
               them
               ,
               but
               if
               the
               inflamations
               be
               inveterate
               and
               old
               it
               maketh
               them
               black
               .
               It
               helpeth
               the
               inflammation
               called
               
               Erysipelas
               ,
               if
               it
               be
               not
               ulcerated
               ,
               for
               if
               it
               be
               it
               hurteth
               it
               .
            
             
               
                 Now
                 he
                 relates
                 what
                 things
                 cold
                 water
                 is
                 good
                 for
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               24.
               
            
             
               Cold
               things
               ,
               as
               Snow
               and
               Ice
               are
               hurtful
               to
               the
               breast
               ,
               they
               procure
               coughs
               ,
               they
               cause
               ruptures
               of
               the
               veyns
               ,
               and
               produce
               Rheumes
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 hath
                 spoken
                 of
                 the
                 effects
                 of
                 cold
                 water
                 ,
                 now
                 he
                 speaks
                 of
                 the
                 hurt
                 which
                 other
                 cold
                 things
                 do
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               25.
               
            
             
               Cold
               water
               poured
               out
               abundantly
               ,
               doth
               ease
               and
               diminish
               the
               tumors
               and
               pains
               of
               the
               joynts
               ,
               which
               are
               without
               ulceration
               .
               And
               also
               gouty
               swellings
               and
               pains
               ,
               and
               Convulsions
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               and
               dissolveth
               the
               dolor
               ,
               and
               diminisheth
               it
               .
               for
               a
               small
               benumming
               hath
               the
               force
               of
               dissolving
               and
               putting
               away
               of
               pan
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 end
                 of
                 this
                 ,
                 phorism
                 is
                 a
                 reason
                 
                 
                 
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 Aphorisms
                 assertion
                 .
                 As
                 if
                 he
                 should
                 say
                 a
                 little
                 benumming
                 puts
                 away
                 pain
                 ;
                 cold
                 water
                 benumeth
                 ,
                 therefore
                 ,
                 
                   &c
                   ▪
                
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               26.
               
            
             
               Water
               that
               is
               quickly
               made
               hot
               ,
               and
               quickly
               cools
               ,
               is
               most
               light
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 means
                 not
                 by
                 weight
                 ,
                 but
                 he
                 speaks
                 of
                 that
                 water
                 which
                 doth
                 not
                 long
                 burthen
                 the
                 belly
                 ,
                 and
                 quickly
                 passeth
                 through
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               27
            
             
               It
               is
               good
               for
               them
               who
               desire
               to
               drink
               in
               the
               night
               ,
               to
               fall
               asleep
               when
               they
               are
               very
               thirsty
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 sleep
                 concocts
                 the
                 food
                 ,
                 which
                 being
                 concocted
                 ingenders
                 blood
                 ,
                 which
                 nourishes
                 and
                 moistens
                 the
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               28.
               
            
             
               A
               Fumigation
               of
               odoriferous
               spices
               brings
               forth
               womens
               terms
               :
               and
               would
               be
               also
               profitable
               for
               many
               other
               things
               ,
               if
               it
               did
               not
               breed
               heaviness
               of
               the
               head
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 doth
                 excite
                 the
                 expulsive
                 faculty
                 of
                 the
                 womb
                 ,
                 and
                 open
                 the
                 obstructions
                 of
                 the
                 veines
                 which
                 touch
                 the
                 womb
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               29.
               
            
             
               Thou
               shalt
               pruge
               a
               woman
               with
               child
               if
               necessity
               require
               ,
               the
               4th
               .
               month
               after
               conception
               ,
               until
               the
               7th
               month
               ,
               though
               those
               that
               come
               neer
               the
               7th
               ,
               not
               so
               much
               :
               but
               the
               conception
               being
               younger
               or
               elder
               thou
               shalt
               abstain
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 the
                 first
                 of
                 the
                 fourth
                 Section
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               30.
               
            
             
               A
               woman
               with
               child
               ,
               a
               vein
               being
               opened
               aborteth
               ,
               and
               so
               much
               the
               rather
               if
               the
               conception
               be
               of
               any
               bigness
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 taketh
                 away
                 part
                 of
                 its
                 food
                 ,
                 namely
                 the
                 conceptions
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               31.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               pernicious
               and
               deadly
               if
               a
               woman
               great
               with
               child
               be
               taken
               with
               any
               sharp
               disease
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 large
                 feeding
                 will
                 kill
                 the
                 mother
                 by
                 increasing
                 the
                 disease
                 ,
                 and
                 little
                 store
                 of
                 food
                 will
                 starve
                 the
                 conception
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               32.
               
            
             
               A
               woman
               is
               cured
               from
               vomiting
               blood
               ,
               by
               her
               monethly
               terms
               issuing
               forth
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 the
                 Physicians
                 drawing
                 down
                 the
                 blood
                 to
                 the
                 lower
                 parts
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               33.
               
            
             
               A
               flux
               of
               blood
               at
               the
               nose
               is
               good
               for
               a
               woman
               whose
               monthly
               terms
               do
               fail
               contrary
               to
               the
               course
               of
               nature
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 this
                 happen
                 not
                 contrary
                 to
                 the
                 course
                 of
                 nature
                 ,
                 such
                 a
                 failing
                 is
                 nothing
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               34.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               belly
               be
               very
               laxative
               and
               loose
               to
               a
               woman
               with
               child
               ,
               there
               is
               danger
               fo
               abortment
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 food
                 is
                 not
                 distributed
                 to
                 the
                 liver
                 and
                 other
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 
                 body
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 the
                 food
                 is
                 taken
                 away
                 from
                 the
                 conception
                 as
                 when
                 she
                 is
                 let
                 blood
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               35.
               
            
             
               Sneesing
               happening
               to
               a
               woman
               grieved
               with
               suffocations
               of
               the
               womb
               ,
               or
               that
               hath
               a
               difficult
               deliverance
               ,
               is
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 by
                 a
                 vehement
                 shaking
                 of
                 nature
                 ,
                 it
                 excites
                 it
                 ,
                 redintegrates
                 the
                 natural
                 heat
                 which
                 was
                 almost
                 extinguished
                 ,
                 and
                 shakes
                 off
                 such
                 noxious
                 humors
                 as
                 hanged
                 upon
                 some
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               36.
               
            
             
               The
               monethly
               courses
               being
               discoloured
               ,
               and
               not
               coming
               forth
               always
               in
               the
               same
               manner
               and
               time
               ,
               declare
               a
               purgation
               to
               be
               necessary
               for
               the
               woman
               .
            
             
               
                 To
                 purge
                 those
                 humors
                 which
                 cause
                 the
                 discoloration
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 alteration
                 of
                 time
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               37.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               paps
               be
               suddenly
               extenuated
               and
               become
               lank
               ,
               to
               a
               woman
               with
               child
               abortment
               doth
               follow
            
             
               
                 This
                 also
                 happeneth
                 ,
                 for
                 want
                 of
                 food
                 for
                 the
                 conceived
                 child
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               38.
               
            
             
               If
               one
               of
               the
               dugs
               be
               extenuated
               and
               become
               lank
               to
               a
               woman
               conceived
               with
               child
               with
               twins
               ,
               she
               bringeth
               forth
               one
               of
               them
               before
               the
               due
               time
               ;
               and
               if
               the
               right
               dug
               become
               slender
               ,
               she
               bringeth
               forth
               the
               male
               ,
               if
               the
               left
               ,
               the
               female
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 likewise
                 the
                 male
                 conceptions
                 lye
                 on
                 the
                 right
                 side
                 ,
                 the
                 female
                 on
                 the
                 left
                 :
                 as
                 is
                 set
                 down
                 Aph.
                 48.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               39.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               woman
               ,
               neither
               with
               child
               nor
               having
               been
               delivered
               of
               child
               have
               milk
               in
               her
               breasts
               ,
               her
               monethly
               courses
               have
               failed
               her
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 blood
                 which
                 should
                 have
                 turned
                 to
                 monethly
                 terms
                 ,
                 turning
                 to
                 milk
                 in
                 the
                 breasts
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               40.
               
            
             
               Women
               in
               whose
               dugs
               there
               is
               blood
               heaped
               together
               ,
               wil
               be
               mad
            
             
               
                 For
                 that
                 blood
                 is
                 very
                 bilious
                 ,
                 which
                 striking
                 up
                 into
                 the
                 head
                 ,
                 causeth
                 madness
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               41.
               
            
             
               If
               you
               will
               know
               whether
               a
               woman
               have
               conceived
               or
               no
               ,
               give
               her
               a
               potion
               of
               hony
               and
               water
               mixed
               together
               going
               to
               sleep
               ,
               and
               if
               she
               feel
               gripings
               and
               wringings
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               she
               hath
               conceived
               ,
               if
               she
               do
               not
               ,
               she
               hath
               not
               conceived
            
             
               
                 For
                 such
                 a
                 potion
                 is
                 very
                 windy
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 woman
                 having
                 conceived
                 her
                 womb
                 doth
                 press
                 down
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 together
                 the
                 intrails
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               42
            
             
               If
               a
               woman
               conceived
               with
               child
               ,
               bear
               a
               male
               she
               is
               fresh
               and
               well-coloured
               ,
               if
               she
               bare
               a
               female
               she
               is
               ill-colored
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 one
                 of
                 those
                 
                 
                 
                 which
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 are
                 true
                 ,
                 though
                 not
                 always
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               43.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               inflammation
               called
               Erysipelas
               be
               bred
               in
               the
               womb
               ,
               if
               the
               woman
               be
               with
               child
               ,
               it
               proves
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 One
                 reason
                 is
                 because
                 the
                 chief
                 cure
                 for
                 an
                 Erysipelas
                 is
                 letting
                 of
                 blood
                 and
                 that
                 must
                 not
                 be
                 done
                 to
                 a
                 woman
                 with
                 child
                 for
                 fear
                 of
                 an
                 abortment
                 ,
              
               Aph.
               
                 30.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               44.
               
            
             
               Those
               women
               which
               are
               very
               lean
               contrary
               to
               nature
               ,
               and
               do
               bear
               children
               ,
               do
               suffer
               untimely
               deliverance
               until
               they
               grow
               fatter
            
             
               
                 Because
                 that
                 food
                 which
                 should
                 be
                 for
                 the
                 child
                 in
                 the
                 womb
                 ,
                 goes
                 to
                 the
                 nourishing
                 of
                 the
                 mother
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               45.
               
            
             
               Those
               women
               which
               being
               reasonable
               fat
               ,
               and
               make
               abortion
               the
               second
               or
               third
               month
               without
               
               any
               manifest
               cause
               ,
               have
               the
               ends
               of
               those
               vessels
               which
               come
               to
               the
               womb
               called
               
                 acetabula
              
               or
               
                 Cotylidons
              
               full
               of
               a
               pituitous
               or
               phlegmy
               humor
               ,
               neither
               can
               they
               contain
               the
               conception
               coming
               to
               any
               weight
               ,
               but
               they
               being
               broken
               it
               falleth
               down
               .
            
             
               
                 Wherby
                 she
                 must
                 of
                 necessity
                 abort
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               46.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               fatter
               then
               nature
               requires
               and
               cannot
               conceive
               have
               the
               orifice
               of
               the
               womb
               compressed
               and
               closed
               together
               by
               the
               fat
               Call
               of
               the
               guts
               ,
               and
               cannot
               until
               they
               grow
               leaner
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 means
                 the
                 inward
                 orifice
                 of
                 the
                 womb
                 for
                 it
                 hath
                 two
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               47.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               womb
               shall
               Aposthumate
               in
               that
               part
               where
               it
               lieth
               neer
               the
               hip
               or
               huckle-bone
               ,
               it
               must
               be
               cured
               with
               tents
               dipped
               in
               a
               liquid
               medicine
               called
               in
               Greek
               Emmoton
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 It
                 must
                 be
                 thus
                 cured
                 the
                 sore
                 being
                 first
                 broken
                 either
                 by
                 art
                 or
                 nature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               48.
               
            
             
               Men
               children
               for
               the
               most
               part
               lye
               on
               the
               right
               side
               of
               the
               womb
               and
               females
               on
               the
               left
               side
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 is
                 because
                 the
                 womb
                 is
                 warmer
                 on
                 the
                 right
                 side
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 vicinity
                 to
                 the
                 Liver
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               49.
               
            
             
               A
               medicine
               procuring
               sneezing
               put
               into
               the
               nostrils
               doth
               drive
               and
               force
               out
               the
               
                 Secundine
                 ,
              
               so
               that
               you
               stop
               the
               nostrils
               and
               mouth
               ,
               close
               with
               the
               hand
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 if
                 it
                 remained
                 would
                 putrifie
                 there
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 the
                 stench
                 offend
                 the
                 head
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               50.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               woman
               will
               stay
               her
               courses
               apply
               a
               very
               great
               cupping-glass
               under
               her
               breasts
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 there
                 be
                 veins
                 which
                 come
                 up
                 thither
                 from
                 the
                 inferior
                 parts
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               51.
               
            
             
               Those
               women
               which
               are
               conceived
               with
               child
               ,
               have
               the
               orifice
               of
               the
               womb
               shut
               and
               closed
               up
               .
            
             
               
                 That
                 the
                 air
                 may
                 not
                 get
                 in
                 and
                 corrupt
                 the
                 seed
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 womb
                 may
                 not
                 get
                 out
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               52.
               
            
             
               If
               milk
               flow
               plentifully
               out
               of
               the
               dugs
               of
               a
               woman
               bearing
               a
               child
               in
               her
               womb
               it
               signifieth
               that
               the
               child
               is
               weak
               :
               but
               if
               the
               paps
               be
               hard
               and
               stiff
               ,
               they
               declare
               a
               stronger
               conception
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 shews
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 part
                 that
                 the
                 child
                 is
                 not
                 able
                 to
                 draw
                 it
                 for
                 his
                 own
                 nutriment
                 .
                 But
                 when
                 they
                 are
                 solid
                 it
                 shews
                 it
                 hath
                 nutriment
                 enough
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 which
                 superabounds
                 goes
                 to
                 the
                 breasts
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 there
                 turned
                 into
                 milk
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               53.
               
            
             
               The
               dugs
               and
               paps
               become
               slender
               and
               lank
               to
               those
               women
               
               
               
               which
               shall
               abort
               :
               but
               contrarily
               if
               they
               become
               hard
               ,
               pain
               shall
               molest
               the
               paps
               ,
               hips
               ,
               eys
               ,
               or
               knees
               ,
               but
               they
               shall
               not
               suffer
               abortment
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 of
                 the
                 superfluous
                 matter
                 which
                 is
                 brought
                 thither
                 from
                 the
                 womb
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               54.
               
            
             
               Those
               women
               which
               have
               the
               mouth
               of
               the
               womb
               hard
               ,
               must
               of
               necessity
               have
               it
               shut
               up
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 had
                 been
                 better
                 placed
                 immmediately
                 after
                 the
                 Aphorism
                 51.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               55.
               
            
             
               Child-bearing
               women
               which
               are
               taken
               with
               Feavers
               ,
               or
               are
               brought
               to
               a
               low
               state
               without
               any
               manifest
               cause
               ,
               do
               bring
               forth
               their
               birth
               painfully
               ,
               and
               with
               danger
               :
               or
               are
               in
               danger
               of
               life
               by
               an
               untimely
               deliverance
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 shews
                 a
                 great
                 weakness
                 or
                 imbecility
                 in
                 them
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               56.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               Convulsion
               ,
               or
               swouning
               happen
               to
               a
               woman
               ,
               in
               her
               flux
               of
               monethly
               terms
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               evil
               thing
            
             
               
                 If
                 they
                 be
                 vehement
                 or
                 last
                 long
                 ,
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 deadly
                 because
                 the
                 womb
                 is
                 exhausted
                 and
                 draws
                 all
                 the
                 noble
                 parts
                 into
                 a
                 simpathy
                 with
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               57.
               
            
             
               Womens
               terms
               flowing
               immoderately
               ,
               diseases
               are
               ingendred
               ;
               and
               being
               supprest
               or
               stopt
               ,
               diseases
               happen
               from
               the
               womb
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 their
                 immoderate
                 evacuation
                 ,
                 the
                 whole
                 body
                 is
                 cooled
                 ,
                 and
                 its
                 forces
                 weakened
                 ,
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 stopt
                 ,
                 in
                 progress
                 of
                 time
                 ,
                 excremental
                 humors
                 gather
                 together
                 in
                 the
                 womb
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               58.
               
            
             
               The
               strangurie
               or
               dropping
               out
               of
               the
               urine
               doth
               happen
               by
               the
               inflammation
               of
               the
               straight
               gut
               ,
               
               
               
               and
               likewise
               of
               the
               womb
               ,
               or
               if
               the
               reins
               be
               ulcerated
               .
               But
               if
               the
               liver
               be
               inflamed
               ,
               the
               Hicket
               succeeds
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 vicinity
                 of
                 the
                 bladder
                 to
                 the
                 straigbt
                 gut
                 and
                 the
                 womb
                 ,
                 and
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 purulent
                 matter
                 of
                 the
                 reins
                 passing
                 through
                 the
                 bladder
                 :
                 and
                 the
                 hicket
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 a
                 high
                 inflammation
                 of
                 the
                 liver
                 because
                 it
                 swells
                 the
                 liver
                 ,
                 and
                 oppresses
                 the
                 ventricle
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 bilious
                 humor
                 falling
                 from
                 the
                 liver
                 comes
                 into
                 the
                 ventricle
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               59.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               woman
               do
               not
               conceive
               ,
               and
               thou
               wouldest
               know
               if
               she
               shall
               conceive
               at
               all
               ,
               let
               her
               be
               wrapped
               round
               about
               with
               clothes
               ,
               &
               make
               a
               fume
               under
               the
               lower
               parts
               ,
               and
               if
               the
               scent
               be
               perceived
               to
               pass
               through
               her
               body
               to
               her
               nostrils
               ,
               and
               her
               mouth
               ,
               know
               that
               she
               is
               not
               barren
               by
               any
               default
               in
               her self
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Because
                 then
                 the
                 body
                 is
                 cleer
                 of
                 all
                 vitious
                 humors
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 womb
                 it self
                 is
                 in
                 a
                 good
                 temper
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               60.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               monethly
               purgations
               keep
               their
               course
               in
               a
               woman
               that
               is
               with
               child
               ,
               it
               is
               impossible
               that
               the
               conception
               should
               be
               well
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 wants
                 its
                 aliment
                 and
                 food
                 ,
                 being
                 fed
                 by
                 that
                 menstruous
                 blood
                 al
                 the
                 while
                 it
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 womb
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               61.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               womans
               monthly
               courses
               stop
               ,
               and
               she
               have
               neither
               shivering
               cold
               nor
               Ague
               coming
               upon
               her
               ,
               and
               she
               loath
               her
               meat
               ,
               make
               account
               that
               she
               is
               conceived
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 at
                 the
                 first
                 conceiving
                 of
                 a
                 woman
                 ,
                 the
                 child
                 cannot
                 make
                 use
                 of
                 those
                 courses
                 for
                 its
                 food
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               62.
               
            
             
               Those
               women
               which
               have
               their
               womb
               cold
               and
               dry
               do
               not
               conceive
               ,
               nor
               those
               which
               have
               it
               over
               
               
               
               moist
               ,
               for
               the
               seed
               is
               extinguisht
               and
               perisht
               in
               them
               .
               Also
               those
               women
               cannot
               conceive
               which
               have
               those
               places
               over
               dry
               and
               hot
               ,
               for
               the
               seed
               corrupts
               for
               want
               of
               nourishment
               .
               But
               those
               women
               which
               have
               obtained
               a
               moderate
               temperature
               of
               the
               places
               in
               respect
               of
               both
               the
               oppositions
               and
               contrarieties
               they
               are
               fruitful
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 by
                 right
                 should
                 be
                 placed
                 next
                 to
                 the
                 59
                 Aph.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               63.
               
            
             
               The
               same
               consideration
               and
               reason
               is
               likewise
               to
               be
               respected
               in
               men
               men
               ,
               for
               either
               through
               the
               spongy
               substance
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               the
               spirits
               are
               dissipated
               and
               scattered
               abroad
               so
               that
               the
               seed
               cannot
               be
               cast
               forth
               ;
               or
               else
               the
               humor
               doth
               not
               issue
               forth
               because
               of
               its
               grosness
               or
               thickness
               ;
               or
               else
               because
               of
               coldness
               it
               doth
               not
               grow
               hot
               ,
               
               to
               be
               collected
               in
               its
               proper
               place
               ▪
               or
               by
               the
               means
               of
               heat
               ,
               the
               very
               self
               same
               thing
               may
               happen
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 held
                 to
                 be
                 spurious
                 ,
                 and
                 none
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               ,
               
                 both
                 by
              
               Galen
               
                 and
                 others
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               64.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               not
               good
               to
               give
               milk
               to
               those
               who
               are
               troubled
               with
               the
               head-ach
               ,
               or
               with
               Agues
               ,
               nor
               to
               those
               who
               are
               troubled
               with
               
                 flatus
                 Hypocondriacus
                 ,
              
               nor
               to
               those
               who
               are
               troubled
               with
               thirst
               .
               It
               is
               also
               naught
               for
               them
               which
               avoid
               cholerick
               excrements
               downwards
               ,
               or
               to
               those
               which
               have
               sharp
               Feavers
               ,
               or
               have
               had
               some
               copious
               evacuation
               of
               blood
               .
               But
               it
               is
               good
               for
               those
               which
               are
               in
               a
               Consumption
               ,
               so
               they
               be
               not
               troubled
               with
               any
               vehement
               Feaver
               .
               It
               is
               also
               good
               for
               long
               lingering
               and
               mild
               Agues
               ,
               so
               there
               be
               none
               of
               the
               sore
               spoken
               of
               signes
               .
               And
               
               
               
               those
               who
               are
               brought
               low
               without
               any
               apperant
               reason
               or
               occasion
               ,
            
             
               
                 The
                 particular
                 reasons
                 for
                 these
                 particular
                 assertions
                 may
                 be
                 seen
                 at
                 large
                 in
              
               Galen
               ,
               Fuchsius
               ,
               
                 and
              
               Heurnius
               
                 Comments
                 ,
                 which
                 would
                 be
                 too
                 long
                 to
                 reherse
                 here
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               65
            
             
               They
               are
               seldom
               troubled
               with
               Convulsions
               or
               madness
               ,
               which
               have
               apparent
               tumors
               with
               their
               ulcers
               .
               But
               Convulsions
               and
               distentions
               happen
               to
               them
               to
               whom
               the
               tumors
               shall
               suddenly
               vanish
               away
               ,
               if
               they
               happen
               on
               the
               hinder
               part
               of
               the
               body
               .
               But
               if
               they
               happen
               on
               the
               fore
               part
               ,
               there
               happeneth
               madness
               ,
               vehement
               pain
               of
               the
               side
               ▪
               suppuration
               or
               spitting
               of
               matter
               ,
               and
               the
               bloody-flux
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 humors
                 reside
                 there
                 .
                 And
                 if
                 they
                 go
                 away
                 by
                 degrees
                 also
                 
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 danger
                 for
                 it
                 shews
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 are
                 shaken
                 off
                 and
                 dissolved
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               66.
               
            
             
               If
               no
               tumor
               nor
               swelling
               appear
               in
               great
               and
               bad
               wounds
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               great
               evil
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 a
                 passing
                 of
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 to
                 the
                 principal
                 parts
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               67.
               
            
             
               Soft
               tumors
               are
               good
               ,
               raw
               and
               indigested
               ones
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 first
                 signifie
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 concoction
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 second
                 there
                 is
                 none
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               68.
               
            
             
               To
               one
               who
               hath
               a
               pain
               in
               the
               hinder
               part
               of
               his
               head
               ,
               the
               
                 vena
                 recta
              
               in
               the
               
                 fore-head
              
               being
               opened
               doth
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 The
              
               vena
               recta
               
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 over
                 against
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 opposite
                 to
                 that
                 vein
                 which
                 nourisheth
                 
                 
                 
                 the
                 part
                 which
                 is
                 evil
                 affected
                 ,
                 so
                 the
                 opening
                 of
                 it
                 doth
                 both
                 evacuate
                 and
                 divert
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               69.
               
            
             
               Cold
               shakings
               and
               shiverings
               for
               the
               most
               part
               do
               begin
               to
               women
               from
               the
               loyns
               ,
               and
               through
               the
               back
               come
               to
               the
               head
               .
               But
               to
               men
               they
               do
               rather
               begin
               in
               the
               back
               part
               then
               in
               the
               forepart
               ,
               as
               from
               the
               hinder
               part
               of
               the
               thighes
               and
               from
               the
               elbows
               ;
               the
               rarity
               and
               thinness
               of
               the
               skin
               is
               a
               token
               thereof
               ,
               which
               thing
               ,
               the
               hair
               there
               growing
               ,
               doth
               declare
               and
               manifest
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 thicker
                 the
                 skin
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 l●ss
                 will
                 hair
                 grow
                 upon
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               70.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               taken
               with
               a
               Quartan
               Ague
               are
               not
               at
               all
               taken
               with
               Convulsions
               :
               but
               if
               before
               they
               have
               been
               taken
               ,
               upon
               the
               coming
               of
               the
               quartan
               ,
               they
               are
               delivered
               .
            
             
             
               
                 He
                 means
                 here
                 such
                 Convulsions
                 as
                 come
                 by
                 repletion
                 of
                 the
                 nervous
                 parts
                 ,
                 with
                 thin
                 and
                 pituitous
                 humors
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 a
                 quartan
                 are
                 both
                 expelled
                 and
                 concocted
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               71.
               
            
             
               Those
               who
               have
               their
               skin
               acide
               ,
               and
               dry
               ,
               die
               without
               sweating
               ,
               but
               those
               who
               have
               a
               loose
               and
               open
               skin
               ,
               end
               their
               life
               with
               sweat
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 speaks
                 here
                 of
                 those
                 who
                 have
                 a
                 Feaver
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               72.
               
            
             
               Those
               that
               are
               diseased
               with
               the
               Jaundies
               are
               not
               much
               molested
               ,
               with
               windiness
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 heat
                 and
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 parts
                 belonging
                 to
                 the
                 stomack
                 ,
                 which
                 causeth
                 them
                 to
                 concoct
                 the
                 food
                 fully
                 and
                 perfectly
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
         
         
         
           
             SECT.
             VI
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Argument
               .
            
             
               This
               Section
               doth
               almost
               altogether
               concern
               that
               part
               of
               the
               Art
               which
               foretelleth
               good
               and
               evil
               things
               to
               happen
               in
               diseases
               .
            
          
           
             
               APHORISM
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               IN
               a
               long
               lubricity
               and
               slipperiness
               of
               the
               guts
               ,
               if
               a
               sowerish
               belching
               do
               happen
               ,
               which
               was
               not
               before
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               good
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 signifies
                 ,
                 that
                 now
                 the
                 food
                 remains
                 a
                 while
                 in
                 the
                 stomack
                 ,
                 till
                 such
                 time
                 at
                 least
                 as
                 it
                 begins
                 to
                 concoct
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               2.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               ther
               nostrils
               more
               moist
               then
               others
               by
               nature
               ,
               
               and
               their
               seed
               also
               do
               enjoy
               their
               health
               but
               badly
               ;
               but
               those
               which
               have
               the
               contrary
               properties
               ,
               are
               more
               healthful
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 the
                 nostrils
                 he
                 means
                 the
                 brains
                 which
                 purge
                 that
                 way
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 the
                 humidity
                 of
                 the
                 Seed
                 ,
                 the
                 humidity
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 body
                 ,
                 the
                 seed
                 coming
                 from
                 the
                 blood
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               3.
               
            
             
               In
               long
               fluxes
               of
               the
               bowels
               ,
               loathing
               of
               meat
               is
               evil
               ,
               and
               with
               a
               Feaver
               it
               is
               worser
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 a
                 mortification
                 of
                 the
                 nourishing
                 faculty
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               4.
               
            
             
               Ulcers
               which
               are
               every
               way
               smooth
               and
               bald
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 of
                 an
                 evil
                 humor
                 lying
                 in
                 the
                 bottom
                 ,
                 which
                 eats
                 up
                 the
                 roots
                 of
                 the
                 hair
                 ,
                 as
                 salt
                 earth
                 doth
                 the
                 herbs
                 roots
                 which
                 grow
                 on
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               5.
               
            
             
               In
               the
               pains
               of
               the
               sides
               ,
               breast
               ,
               
               
               
               and
               other
               parts
               ,
               we
               must
               consider
               whether
               they
               increase
               or
               differ
               much
               ,
               or
               keep
               at
               a
               stay
               .
            
             
               
                 Whither
                 they
                 differ
                 namely
                 in
                 their
                 kind
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 their
                 vehemency
                 ,
                 whether
                 they
                 be
                 pricking
                 ▪
                 stretching
                 ,
                 or
                 provoking
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               6.
               
            
             
               The
               diseases
               and
               infirmities
               of
               the
               Kidneys
               and
               Bladder
               are
               of
               hard
               and
               difficult
               curation
               in
               old
               men
               .
            
             
               
                 ●hich
                 old
                 age
                 begins
                 at
                 fifty
                 years
                 which
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 confirms
                 in
                 his
                 sixt
                 Book
                 Epidemion
                 where
                 he
                 saith
                 he
                 never
                 saw
                 or
                 knew
                 an
                 ulcer
                 of
                 the
                 reins
                 or
                 bladder
                 cured
                 after
                 fifty
                 years
                 of
                 age
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               7.
               
            
             
               Dolours
               and
               pains
               of
               the
               besly
               being
               aloft
               and
               in
               the
               upper
               part
               are
               more
               light
               &
               easie
               ,
               those
               which
               are
               not
               aloft
               are
               more
               vehement
               .
            
             
             
               
                 We
                 must
                 understand
                 this
                 word
                 aloft
                 not
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 length
                 and
                 height
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 but
                 according
                 to
                 its
                 depth
                 and
                 thickness
                 ,
                 so
                 be
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 not
                 aloft
                 ,
                 he
                 means
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 next
                 to
                 the
                 back
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               8.
               
            
             
               Ulcers
               or
               sores
               in
               the
               body
               of
               those
               which
               are
               diseased
               with
               the
               dropsie
               ,
               are
               not
               easily
               cured
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 an
                 ulcer
                 cannot
                 be
                 cured
                 until
                 it
                 be
                 exactly
                 dryed
                 ,
                 which
                 cannot
                 easily
                 be
                 done
                 in
                 those
                 who
                 have
                 the
                 dropsie
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 their
                 superabundant
                 humidity
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               9.
               
            
             
               Broad
               wheals
               are
               not
               very
               full
               of
               itching
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 they
                 are
                 not
                 bred
                 by
                 such
                 hot
                 humors
                 as
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 narrow
                 and
                 high
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               10.
               
            
             
               Corrupt
               matter
               ,
               water
               or
               blood
               
               
               
               issuing
               out
               ,
               by
               the
               nostrils
               ,
               mouth
               or
               ears
               ,
               dissolveth
               and
               cureth
               a
               vehement
               and
               grievous
               head-ach
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 that
                 the
                 pain
                 proceed
                 from
                 inflammation
                 ,
                 or
                 abundance
                 of
                 crude
                 humors
                 gathered
                 in
                 the
                 head
                 ,
                 for
                 if
                 it
                 proceed
                 from
                 other
                 causes
                 ,
                 there
                 must
                 be
                 other
                 cures
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               11
               ▪
            
             
               The
               Haemorroides
               happening
               to
               those
               ,
               which
               are
               troubled
               with
               melancholly
               and
               pain
               of
               the
               Kidneys
               are
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 Both
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 evacuation
                 ,
                 and
                 because
                 they
                 evacuate
                 such
                 humors
                 as
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 evacuated
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               12.
               
            
             
               Unless
               in
               the
               cures
               of
               Haemorroides
               which
               have
               long
               continued
               there
               be
               one
               vein
               kept
               open
               ,
               it
               is
               to
               be
               feared
               that
               a
               Dropsie
               or
               Convulsion
               will
               shortly
               ▪
               follow
               .
            
             
               
                 That
                 nature
                 may
                 by
                 that
                 means
                 purge
                 out
                 those
                 evil
                 humors
                 which
                 remain
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               13.
               
            
             
               The
               Hick●●
               troubling
               us
               is
               put
               away
               by
               sneezing
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 the
                 said
                 Hicket
                 was
                 caused
                 by
                 fulness
                 For
                 by
                 sneezing
                 not
                 only
                 the
                 brain
                 :
                 but
                 the
                 stomack
                 also
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 nerves
                 derived
                 unto
                 it
                 ,
                 is
                 vehemently
                 shaken
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 humors
                 exciting
                 the
                 Hicket
                 are
                 evacuated
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               14.
               
            
             
               If
               in
               him
               who
               hath
               a
               Dropsie
               if
               the
               water
               flow
               from
               the
               veins
               into
               the
               belly
               ,
               the
               disease
               is
               dissolved
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 Nature
                 or
                 Physick
                 make
                 evacuation
                 of
                 it
                 from
                 thence
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               15.
               
            
             
               Vomiting
               coming
               by
               the
               meer
               benefit
               of
               nature
               dissolveth
               and
               riddeth
               away
               a
               long
               flux
               or
               loosness
               of
               the
               belly
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 retraction
                 and
                 drawing
                 back
                 of
                 the
                 humors
                 which
                 〈◊〉
                 downward
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               16.
               
            
             
               A
               looseness
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               to
               one
               afflicted
               with
               a
               Plurisie
               or
               inflammation
               of
               the
               Lungs
               is
               an
               evil
               thing
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 the
                 liver
                 to
                 be
                 so
                 affected
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 consent
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 which
                 serve
                 for
                 respiration
                 ,
                 that
                 through
                 weakness
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 able
                 to
                 draw
                 the
                 aliment
                 to
                 it self
                 ,
                 and
                 convert
                 it
                 into
                 blood
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               17.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               good
               for
               him
               who
               hath
               a
               waterish
               dropping
               and
               running
               of
               the
               eys
               ,
               if
               he
               be
               taken
               with
               a
               flux
               and
               loosness
               of
               the
               belly
               .
            
             
               
                 Whereby
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 shews
                 us
                 a
                 convenient
                 way
                 how
                 to
                 cure
                 such
                 eys
                 ,
                 namely
                 by
                 drawing
                 the
                 humors
                 which
                 cause
                 the
                 disease
                 downwards
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               18.
               
            
             
               It
               is
               a
               deadly
               thing
               when
               the
               bladder
               is
               wounded
               ,
               or
               the
               brain
               ,
               or
               the
               heart
               ,
               the
               midriff
               ,
               any
               small
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               gut
               ,
               the
               Stomack
               or
               Liver
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 Greek
                 word
                 for
                 wounded
                 is
                 here
                 
                   {non-Roman}
                   {non-Roman}
                   {non-Roman}
                   {non-Roman}
                   {non-Roman}
                
                 which
                 signifies
                 deep
                 wounded
                 ;
                 for
                 otherwise
                 some
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 have
                 been
                 wounded
                 and
                 cured
                 as
              
               Galen
               
                 saith
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               19.
               
            
             
               A
               bone
               perished
               or
               cut
               off
               ,
               a
               cartilage
               ,
               gristle
               ,
               or
               sinew
               ,
               or
               any
               little
               parcel
               of
               the
               eye-lid
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               foreskin
               ,
               being
               diminished
               ,
               do
               not
               grow
               or
               joyn
               together
               .
            
             
               
                 Yet
                 they
                 may
                 be
                 knit
                 together
                 by
                 some
                 other
                 kind
                 of
                 substance
                 as
                 we
                 see
                 in
                 bones
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               20.
               
            
             
               If
               blood
               flow
               contrary
               to
               nature
               into
               any
               concavity
               it
               corrupteth
               and
               is
               putrified
               of
               necessity
               .
            
             
               
                 That
                 is
                 ,
                 into
                 any
                 other
                 concavity
                 besides
                 the
                 veins
                 and
                 arteries
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               21.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               swellings
               of
               veins
               in
               the
               legs
               ,
               called
               
                 varices
                 ;
              
               or
               the
               Haemorroides
               ,
               
               
               
               shall
               happen
               to
               them
               which
               are
               mad
               ,
               their
               madness
               is
               dissolved
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 nature
                 drives
                 those
                 humors
                 which
                 cause
                 madness
                 into
                 the
                 more
                 ignoble
                 parts
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               22.
               
            
             
               Breaches
               or
               fluxes
               of
               humors
               ,
               which
               descend
               from
               the
               back
               to
               the
               elbow
               ,
               are
               dissolved
               by
               opening
               of
               a
               vein
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 that
                 those
                 humors
                 are
                 thereby
                 evacuated
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               23.
               
            
             
               If
               fear
               and
               sadness
               continue
               long
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               sign
               of
               melancholly
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 without
                 any
                 outward
                 cause
                 ,
                 for
                 those
                 who
                 are
                 sad
                 or
                 fearful
                 for
                 any
                 outward
                 cause
                 ,
                 their
                 sadness
                 and
                 fear
                 do
                 not
                 commonly
                 last
                 long
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 they
                 do
                 ,
                 they
                 will
                 turn
                 to
                 melancholly
                 ,
                 if
                 not
                 to
                 madness
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               24
               ▪
            
             
               If
               any
               small
               or
               slender
               gut
               be
               pierced
               ,
               it
               doth
               not
               grow
               together
               again
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 was
                 spoken
                 Aphorism
                 18.
                 wherefore
              
               Galen
               
                 and
              
               Heurnius
               
                 would
                 have
                 it
                 expunged
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               25.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               cholerick
               tumor
               Erysipulas
               being
               outward
               be
               returned
               inwards
               ,
               it
               is
               evil
               ;
               but
               if
               being
               inwards
               ,
               it
               is
               turned
               outward
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               good
               thing
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 this
                 example
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 shews
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 good
                 to
                 have
                 all
                 sores
                 and
                 diseases
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 to
                 come
                 from
                 the
                 noble
                 and
                 inward
                 parts
                 to
                 the
                 ignoble
                 and
                 outward
                 ones
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               26.
               
            
             
               Those
               burning
               feavers
               are
               dissolved
               with
               dotage
               or
               raving
               ,
               in
               which
               are
               trembling
               shakings
               .
            
             
               
                 They
                 are
                 indeed
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 dissolution
                 at
                 last
                 brings
                 a
                 general
                 
                 
                 
                 dissolution
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 by
                 death
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               27
            
             
               If
               the
               corruption
               ,
               matter
               ,
               or
               water
               do
               flow
               out
               altogether
               at
               once
               from
               them
               which
               are
               burnt
               or
               cauterized
               ,
               or
               cut
               by
               the
               Chirurgion
               for
               the
               cure
               of
               the
               inward
               aposthumation
               between
               ▪
               the
               lungs
               and
               the
               breast
               ,
               or
               of
               the
               Dropsie
               ,
               then
               the
               diseased
               shall
               questionless
               die
               ▪
            
             
               
                 By
                 these
                 examples
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 shews
                 that
                 all
                 total
                 evacuations
                 made
                 at
                 once
                 ,
                 are
                 noxious
                 and
                 deadly
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               28.
               
            
             
               Eunuchs
               or
               gelded
               men
               ,
               are
               neither
               troubled
               with
               the
               Gout
               ,
               nor
               with
               baldness
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 in
                 Hippocrates
                 time
                 they
                 used
                 a
                 very
                 good
                 diet
                 ,
                 and
                 lived
                 very
                 temperately
                 they
                 were
                 not
                 troubled
                 with
                 the
                 gout
                 ,
                 though
                 now
                 adays
                 they
                 be
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 not
                 being
                 
                 bald
                 comes
                 from
                 their
                 native
                 moisture
                 ,
                 which
                 makes
                 them
                 have
                 a
                 very
                 thick
                 skin
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               29.
               
            
             
               A
               woman
               is
               not
               troubled
               with
               the
               Gout
               unless
               her
               monthly
               terms
               fail
               her
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 same
                 reasons
                 may
                 be
                 alleadged
                 for
                 women
                 as
                 were
                 set
                 down
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 ,
                 for
                 Eunuchs
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 her
                 terms
                 fail
                 her
                 ,
                 then
                 the
                 superfluous
                 humors
                 being
                 driven
                 to
                 the
                 outward
                 parts
                 may
                 cause
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               30.
               
            
             
               A
               boy
               is
               not
               troubled
               with
               the
               Gout
               till
               he
               hath
               used
               Venery
               .
            
             
               
                 Vnless
                 it
                 come
                 through
                 their
                 seed
                 ,
                 or
                 if
                 the
                 parents
                 have
                 had
                 the
                 French
                 pox
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               31.
               
            
             
               Drinking
               of
               strong
               wine
               ,
               a
               ba●●
               ,
               a
               fomentation
               ,
               phlebotomy
               ,
               or
               a
               purgation
               doth
               cure
               the
               pain
               of
               the
               eyes
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 According
                 as
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 the
                 disease
                 is
                 ,
                 so
                 must
                 the
                 manner
                 of
                 the
                 taking
                 of
                 it
                 away
                 be
                 various
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               32.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               stammer
               are
               for
               the
               most
               part
               taken
               with
               a
               long
               flux
               of
               the
               belly
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 stammering
                 shews
                 an
                 extraordinary
                 humidity
                 of
                 the
                 tongue
                 ,
                 whereof
                 the
                 ventricle
                 of
                 necessity
                 participates
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               33.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               sour
               belchings
               are
               not
               much
               subject
               to
               a
               Plurisie
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 sour
                 belching
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 of
                 much
                 phlegm
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Plurisie
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 invades
                 those
                 who
                 are
                 troubled
                 with
                 much
                 choller
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               34.
               
            
             
               Great
               swelling
               veins
               in
               the
               legs
               called
               
                 varices
                 ,
              
               are
               not
               incident
               to
               them
               who
               lose
               their
               hair
               ,
               and
               if
               they
               happen
               to
               have
               
                 varices
              
               whose
               hair
               do
               fall
               ,
               their
               hair
               will
               grow
               again
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Because
                 those
                 vicious
                 humors
                 which
                 before
                 corrupted
                 the
                 hair
                 ,
                 are
                 now
                 gon
                 down
                 into
                 the
                 legs
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               35.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               cough
               come
               upon
               those
               which
               are
               troubled
               with
               a
               Dropsie
               it
               is
               an
               evil
               thing
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 signifies
                 the
                 watery
                 humor
                 to
                 be
                 so
                 increased
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 hath
                 seised
                 upon
                 the
                 rough
                 artery
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 causeth
                 danger
                 of
                 suffocation
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               36.
               
            
             
               Phlebotomy
               cureth
               the
               difficulty
               of
               making
               urine
               ,
               but
               we
               must
               open
               the
               inward
               veins
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 that
                 difficulty
                 which
                 proceeds
                 from
                 inflamation
                 or
                 fulness
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               37.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               tumor
               appear
               in
               the
               neck
               to
               him
               that
               is
               troubled
               with
               a
               
                 Squinancy
              
               or
               
                 Quinzy
                 ,
              
               it
               is
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 humors
                 are
                 come
                 from
                 the
                 inward
                 parts
                 to
                 the
                 outward
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               38.
               
            
             
               Those
               who
               have
               hidden
               or
               deep
               Cancers
               are
               not
               to
               be
               cured
               of
               them
               ;
               for
               they
               which
               are
               healed
               die
               soon
               ,
               and
               those
               which
               are
               not
               healed
               ,
               live
               longer
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 fear
                 of
                 provoking
                 or
                 irritating
                 them
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               39.
               
            
             
               A
               Convulsion
               is
               caused
               by
               repletion
               or
               evacuation
               .
               So
               is
               also
               the
               Hicket
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 when
                 the
                 nerves
                 are
                 filled
                 with
                 some
                 thick
                 or
                 clammy
                 humor
                 ,
                 or
                 over
                 dryed
                 .
                 And
                 the
                 Hicket
                 is
                 said
                 by
              
               Galen
               
                 to
                 be
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 a
                 Convulsion
                 of
                 the
                 stomack
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               40.
               
            
             
               They
               who
               have
               pain
               about
               the
               the
               hypocondrium
               without
               an
               inflammation
               are
               cured
               by
               a
               Feaver
               happening
               to
               them
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 humors
                 which
                 caused
                 it
                 are
                 dissolved
                 by
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 Feaver
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               41.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               suppuration
               or
               corrupt
               matter
               ,
               hidden
               in
               the
               body
               doth
               not
               shew
               it self
               ,
               it
               is
               by
               reason
               either
               of
               its
               own
               thickness
               ,
               or
               of
               that
               part
               of
               the
               bodies
               thickness
               where
               it
               lies
               hidden
               .
            
             
               
                 Yet
                 we
                 may
                 find
                 that
                 there
                 is
                 such
                 corrupt
                 matter
                 hidden
                 by
                 two
                 signs
                 namely
                 by
                 the
                 pain
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 a
                 Feaver
                 which
                 it
                 causeth
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               42.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               Liver
               wax
               hard
               to
               them
               which
               are
               affected
               with
               the
               yellow-Jaundies
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               evil
               sign
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 signifies
                 there
                 is
                 either
                 a
                 hard
                 tumor
                 or
                 an
                 inflammation
                 in
                 the
                 Liver
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               43.
               
            
             
               The
               splenetick
               which
               are
               taken
               with
               a
               bloody-flux
               in
               the
               bowel
               ,
               do
               dye
               
                 of
                 the
                 Dropsie
                 ,
              
               or
               a
               slipperiness
               of
               the
               bowels
               ,
               following
               a
               long
               flux
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 By
                 splenetick
                 he
                 means
                 those
                 who
                 have
                 a
                 tumor
                 in
                 the
                 spleene
                 ,
                 bred
                 there
                 ,
                 by
                 a
                 melancholly
                 humor
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               44.
               
            
             
               They
               dye
               within
               seven
               days
               ,
               to
               whom
               the
               disease
               called
               Ileos
               or
               pain
               in
               the
               small
               guts
               shall
               happen
               after
               a
               Strangurie
               :
               unless
               a
               Feaver
               supervening
               ,
               store
               of
               urine
               issue
               forth
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 Fe●●●er
                 with
                 its
                 heat
                 concocts
                 and
                 ex●●●●ates
                 the
                 thick
                 humors
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 they
                 may
                 go
                 out
                 through
                 the
                 passage
                 of
                 the
                 urine
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               45.
               
            
             
               If
               ulcers
               continue
               a
               yeer
               or
               longer
               ,
               the
               bone
               of
               necessity
               must
               grow
               foul
               ,
               and
               the
               Cicatrices
               be
               hollow
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 bone
                 being
                 perished
                 under
                 ,
                 the
                 flesh
                 cannot
                 grow
                 up
                 again
                 as
                 was
                 said
                 Aph.
                 19.
                 of
                 this
                 Section
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               46.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               become
               Crook-backt
               by
               shortness
               of
               wind
               ,
               or
               a
               cough
               before
               they
               attain
               to
               ripeness
               of
               years
               ,
               doe
               die
               quicklie
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 their
                 brest
                 or
                 bulk
                 doth
                 not
                 increase
                 as
                 their
                 lungs
                 and
                 heart
                 doth
                 ,
                 they
                 must
                 in
                 a
                 short
                 time
                 to
                 suffocated
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               47.
               
            
             
               Those
               are
               to
               be
               let
               blood
               or
               purged
               in
               the
               Spring
               time
               ,
               to
               whom
               opening
               of
               a
               vein
               or
               purging
               may
               do
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 Spring
                 time
                 being
                 temperate
                 is
                 most
                 fit
                 for
                 purging
                 or
                 leting
                 blood
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               48.
               
            
             
               The
               difficulty
               of
               the
               intestines
               &
               guts
               ,
               coming
               upon
               them
               which
               are
               diseased
               with
               the
               spleen
               is
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 thick
                 and
                 melancholly
                 humors
                 are
                 thereby
                 eva●uated
                 as
              
               Aph.
               
                 4●
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               49.
               
            
             
               Goutie
               diseases
               ,
               the
               inflammation
               being
               asswaged
               ,
               within
               fortie
               dayes
               decease
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 the
                 inflammation
                 wil
                 be
                 cured
                 within
                 forty
                 dayes
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Physitian
                 prescribe
                 right
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 patient
                 be
                 truly
                 obedient
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               50.
               
            
             
               It
               must
               needs
               be
               ,
               that
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               and
               Vomiting
               of
               choller
               must
               come
               upon
               them
               ,
               which
               have
               their
               brain
               wounded
               .
            
             
               
                 A
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 because
                 any
                 principall
                 members
                 inflammation
                 causeth
                 a
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 vomiting
                 of
                 Choller
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 consent
                 and
                 agreement
                 which
                 is
                 between
                 the
                 braine
                 and
                 the
                 stomack
                 ,
                 to
                 which
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 great
                 nerves
                 discend
                 from
                 the
                 braine
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               51.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               in
               health
               being
               sodainly
               taken
               with
               the
               head-ache
               ,
               
               and
               presently
               become
               dumb
               and
               snort
               ,
               die
               within
               seven
               days
               ,
               unless
               a
               Feaver
               come
               upon
               them
               in
               the
               mean
               while
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 Feaver
                 heats
                 ,
                 attenuates
                 and
                 resolves
                 the
                 windie
                 spirit
                 and
                 the
                 pituitous
                 humors
                 which
                 cause
                 these
                 symptomes
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               52.
               
            
             
               We
               must
               consider
               in
               their
               sleeps
               if
               any
               part
               of
               the
               eyes
               appear
               ;
               for
               if
               any
               of
               the
               white
               of
               them
               appears
               ,
               the
               eye
               lidds
               not
               being
               fast
               closed
               ,
               if
               it
               doe
               not
               happen
               by
               a
               Flux
               of
               the
               bellie
               ,
               or
               by
               the
               taking
               of
               some
               medicinall
               potion
               ,
               it
               is
               an
               evil
               and
               verie
               deadly
               signe
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 it
                 happen
                 not
                 through
                 some
                 externall
                 cause
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 signifies
                 an
                 imbecillitie
                 of
                 the
                 facultie
                 which
                 moves
                 the
                 eye
                 lids
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               53.
               
            
             
               That
               doting
               which
               is
               done
               with
               aughter
               is
               not
               so
               dangerous
               ,
               as
               
               
               
               that
               which
               is
               done
               with
               earnest
               sadnesse
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 does
                 not
                 proceed
                 from
                 so
                 adust
                 a
                 Choler
                 ,
                 as
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 done
                 with
                 earnest
                 sadness
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               54.
               
            
             
               Painfull
               breathings
               in
               sharp
               diseases
               with
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               of
               such
               as
               sigh
               ,
               and
               mourne
               ,
               are
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 signifies
                 either
                 a
                 hardness
                 of
                 the
                 nerves
                 or
                 muscles
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 weakeness
                 of
                 naturall
                 strength
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 affect
                 that
                 causeth
                 paine
                 ,
                 or
                 is
                 convulsory
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               55.
               
            
             
               Paine
               of
               the
               Gout
               doe
               most
               commonly
               afflict
               ,
               and
               are
               provoked
               in
               the
               Spring
               and
               Autumn
               .
            
             
               
                 In
                 Spring
                 because
                 the
                 humors
                 gathered
                 together
                 in
                 the
                 winter
                 are
                 expelled
                 from
                 the
                 stronger
                 parts
                 to
                 the
                 weaker
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 Autumn
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 inequalitie
                 ,
                 and
                 because
                 
                 the
                 evill
                 humors
                 gathered
                 together
                 by
                 eating
                 of
                 fruits
                 in
                 Summer
                 ▪
                 settle
                 in
                 those
                 we
                 akest
                 parts
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               56.
               
            
             
               The
               falling
               down
               of
               humors
               are
               verie
               dangerous
               in
               melancholie
               diseases
               at
               those
               seasons
               .
               And
               declare
               an
               Appoplexie
               ,
               or
               a
               convulsion
               ,
               or
               maddness
               or
               blindness
               .
            
             
               
                 If
                 they
                 fall
                 down
                 to
                 the
                 ventricles
                 of
                 the
                 brain
                 ,
                 they
                 cause
                 an
                 Apoplexie
                 if
                 to
                 the
                 nerves
                 a
                 convulsion
                 ,
                 if
                 to
                 the
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 braine
                 madness
                 ,
                 if
                 to
                 the
                 eyes
                 blindness
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               57
               ,
            
             
               Apoplexies
               are
               caused
               most
               especiallie
               from
               the
               fortieth
               to
               the
               sixtieth
               year
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 means
                 those
                 Apoplexies
                 which
                 proceed
                 from
                 melancholie
                 ,
                 which
                 in
                 those
                 times
                 abound
                 in
                 our
                 bodies
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               58
               ▪
            
             
               If
               the
               Call
               hang
               foorth
               of
               the
               bodie
               ,
               it
               must
               of
               necessity
               putrefie
               .
            
             
             
          
        
         
         
           
             SECT
             :
             VII
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Argument
               .
            
             
               This
               seaventh
               Section
               is
               altogether
               prognosticall
               and
               foretelling
               things
               to
               come
               ,
               and
               herein
               he
               intreateth
               of
               presages
               of
               health
               and
               death
               .
            
          
           
             
               APHORISM
               .
               1.
               
            
             
               COldness
               of
               the
               extreame
               parts
               in
               sharp
               diseases
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 is
                 shews
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 mightie
                 ●nflamation
                 in
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 inward
                 parts
                 ,
                 which
                 like
                 a
                 cupping
                 glasse
                 draws
                 all
                 the
                 blood
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 leaves
                 the
                 extream
                 parts
                 cold
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               2.
               
            
             
               Flesh
               black
               and
               blew
               because
               of
               a
               foule
               diseased
               bone
               ,
               is
               an
               evill
               thing
               ,
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 shews
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 great
                 putrefaction
                 of
                 the
                 bone
                 ,
                 and
                 extinction
                 of
                 the
                 natural
                 heat
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ,
               3.
               
            
             
               The
               hicket
               and
               redness
               of
               the
               eyes
               after
               vomiting
               are
               evill
            
             
               
                 For
                 these
                 two
                 together
                 shew
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 great
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 ventricle
                 or
                 the
                 braine
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               4
               ▪
            
             
               After
               sweate
               ,
               cold
               shiverings
               and
               shakings
               are
               not
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 signe
                 that
                 nature
                 is
                 weake
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 sweat
                 hath
                 not
                 had
                 power
                 to
                 drive
                 out
                 all
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               5.
               
            
             
               After
               madness
               ,
               a
               bloodie
               Flux
               ,
               the
               dropsie
               ,
               or
               an
               extansie
               or
               trane
               is
               good
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 signifieth
                 that
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 are
                 gone
                 from
                 the
                 head
                 to
                 the
                 lower
                 parts
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               6.
               
            
             
               Abhorring
               of
               meat
               in
               a
               long
               disease
               ,
               and
               the
               excrements
               avoided
               down
               without
               mixture
               of
               humors
               ,
               are
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 ,
                 it
                 shews
                 the
                 inbecilitie
                 of
                 the
                 concocting
                 facultie
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 all
                 natural
                 humidity
                 is
                 dried
                 up
                 by
                 the
                 seaverish
                 heat
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               7.
               
            
             
               Cold
               shakings
               ,
               and
               fond
               dotings
               ,
               after
               much
               drinking
               of
               wine
               are
               evill
               ▪
            
             
               
                 The
                 first
                 by
                 reason
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 signe
                 that
                 the
                 native
                 heat
                 is
                 extinguisht
                 by
                 the
                 much
                 drinking
                 of
                 wine
                 .
                 And
                 the
                 doting
                 proceeds
                 from
                 the
                 heads
                 being
                 full
                 of
                 fervent
                 blood
                 and
                 vapour
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               8.
               
            
             
               After
               the
               breaking
               of
               an
               imposthume
               
               
               
               inwardly
               faintnesse
               ;
               vomiting
               and
               swouning
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 speakes
                 here
                 of
                 the
                 breaking
                 of
                 imposthumes
                 which
                 break
                 in
                 the
                 stomack
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 symptome
                 of
                 vomiting
                 followes
                 none
                 else
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               9
            
             
               After
               a
               Flux
               of
               blood
               ,
               a
               
                 Delirium
              
               or
               raveing
               ,
               or
               a
               convulsion
               are
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 shews
                 a
                 great
                 drought
                 of
                 the
                 bodie
                 ,
                 and
                 weakness
                 of
                 the
                 brains
                 forces
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               10
               ▪
            
             
               After
               the
               Iliack
               passion
               ,
               or
               colick
               the
               hicket
               ,
               raveing
               ,
               or
               convulsion
               are
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 are
                 caused
                 by
                 the
                 foulness
                 of
                 the
                 stomack
                 and
                 consent
                 which
                 is
                 between
                 the
                 braine
                 and
                 the
                 stomack
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               11.
               
            
             
               After
               a
               pleurisie
               ,
               an
               Inflamation
               of
               the
               lungs
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 that
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 noxious
                 humors
                 is
                 gone
                 from
                 the
                 Iess
                 noble
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 ribbs
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 more
                 noble
                 viz.
                 the
                 lungs
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               12.
               
            
             
               A
               phrensie
               after
               an
               inflamation
               of
               the
               lungs
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 inflamation
                 of
                 the
                 lungs
                 ,
                 sending
                 up
                 vapours
                 into
                 the
                 head
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 possessing
                 the
                 braine
                 cause
                 a
                 Phrensie
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               13.
               
            
             
               A
               Convulsion
               ,
               or
               the
               Cramp
               ,
               after
               hot
               burnings
               ,
               are
               evill
               ,
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 a
                 great
                 dryness
                 of
                 the
                 nerves
                 or
                 sinewes
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               14.
               
            
             
               Astonishment
               and
               raving
               through
               some
               blow
               of
               the
               head
               is
               an
               evill
               signe
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 that
                 the
                 wound
                 hath
                 penetrated
                 to
                 the
                 ●raine
                 ▪
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               15.
               
            
             
               The
               spitting
               out
               of
               corrupt
               matter
               ,
               after
               the
               spitting
               of
               blood
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 signifies
                 that
                 the
                 lungs
                 are
                 exulcerated
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               16.
               
            
             
               A
               consumption
               ▪
               and
               a
               Flux
               of
               the
               haire
               or
               of
               the
               bellie
               ,
               coming
               after
               the
               spitting
               of
               corrupt
               matter
               are
               evilsignes
               ,
               for
               when
               the
               spitting
               is
               stopped
               ,
               the
               diseased
               doe
               die
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 first
                 part
                 of
                 this
                 Aphorisme
                 is
                 averred
                 ,
                 Aphorism
                 .
                 11.
                 and
                 12.
                 of
                 the
                 5
                 Section
                 ,
                 to
                 which
                 we
                 referr
                 you
                 .
                 The
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 second
                 part
                 is
                 because
                 if
                 the
                 spitting
                 be
                 stopped
                 ,
                 the
                 lungs
                 are
                 so
                 oppressed
                 with
                 the
                 abundance
                 of
                 flegme
                 lying
                 on
                 them
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 patient
                 is
                 suffocated
                 and
                 strangled
                 ,
                 for
                 want
                 of
                 breath
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               17.
               
            
             
               The
               hicket
               comming
               through
               an
               inflamation
               of
               the
               liver
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 shews
                 the
                 greatness
                 of
                 the
                 inflamation
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 the
                 stomack
                 also
                 participates
                 ,
                 and
                 being
                 bitten
                 by
                 store
                 of
                 choller
                 swiming
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 it
                 causes
                 the
                 hicket
                 ,
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               18.
               
            
             
               A
               convulsion
               or
               raving
               caused
               through
               watching
               is
               an
               evill
               thing
               ▪
            
             
               
                 For
                 watching
                 doth
                 extreamly
                 evacuate
                 and
                 exiccate
                 the
                 body
                 ;
                 which
                 causeth
                 both
                 the
                 raving
                 and
                 convulsion
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               19.
               
            
             
               After
               the
               laying
               bare
               of
               a
               bone
               ,
               the
               inflamation
               and
               hot
               tumor
               
                 Erisipelas
              
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 sheweth
                 a
                 confluction
                 thither
                 of
                 hot
                 blood
                 and
                 choler
                 ,
                 which
                 corrode
                 ,
                 and
                 consume
                 the
                 adjacent
                 flesh
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               20.
               
            
             
               Putrefaction
               or
               impostumation
               after
               ,
               from
               the
               inflamation
               
                 Erisipelas
              
               is
               evill
               ,
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 shews
                 the
                 malignitie
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 Erisipelas
                 ,
                 which
                 doth
                 not
                 only
                 exulcerate
                 the
                 upper
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 bodie
                 ,
                 but
                 feeds
                 deeper
                 in
                 ,
                 and
                 creeps
                 on
                 to
                 the
                 sound
                 parts
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               21.
               
            
             
               A
               Flux
               of
               blood
               ,
               after
               a
               strong
               pulse
               in
               vlcers
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 First
                 because
                 it
                 shews
                 an
                 extreame
                 inflamation
                 to
                 be
                 joyned
                 to
                 the
                 ulcer
                 ;
                 secondly
                 because
                 this
                 eruption
                 or
                 Flux
                 cannot
                 be
                 ,
                 unless
                 the
                 month
                 of
                 the
                 artery
                 be
                 opened
                 :
                 which
                 is
                 very
                 difficult
                 to
                 be
                 stopped
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               22.
               
            
             
               After
               a
               long
               paine
               of
               the
               parts
               belonging
               to
               the
               bellie
               ,
               an
               imposthumation
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 it
                 must
                 needs
                 come
                 to
                 at
                 last
                 ▪
                 unless
                 death
                 of
                 the
                 patient
                 prevent
                 it
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               23.
               
            
             
               After
               avoiding
               of
               unmixed
               excrements
               
               
               
               downwards
               ,
               a
               bloodie
               Flux
               is
               evill
            
             
               
                 For
                 such
                 humors
                 will
                 erode
                 and
                 perish
                 some
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 intestines
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               24.
               
            
             
               Raving
               or
               
                 Delirium
              
               ensues
               after
               the
               wound
               of
               a
               bone
               ,
               if
               it
               penetrate
               into
               the
               hollow
               or
               void
               space
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 speaks
                 here
                 of
                 the
                 bones
                 of
                 the
                 head
                 onely
                 ,
                 as
                 appears
                 by
                 the
                 14.
                 
                 Aph.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               25.
               
            
             
               A
               convulsion
               after
               the
               taking
               of
               a
               purging
               potion
               bringeth
               death
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 is
                 signifies
                 an
                 incurable
                 drought
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               26.
               
            
             
               A
               great
               cold
               of
               the
               uttermost
               parts
               ,
               through
               vehement
               paine
               of
               the
               parts
               belonging
               to
               the
               bellie
               is
               evill
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 reason
                 whereof
                 is
                 set
                 downe
                 in
                 the
                 comment
                 of
                 the
                 1.
                 
                 Aphorism
                 of
                 this
                 Sect.
                 
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               27.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               disease
               called
               
                 Tenesmus
              
               shall
               happen
               to
               a
               woman
               with
               child
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               cause
               of
               abortment
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Tenesmus
                 is
                 a
                 great
                 provocation
                 or
                 desire
                 to
                 goe
                 to
                 stoole
                 ,
                 and
                 when
                 they
                 come
                 thither
                 can
                 doe
                 nothing
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               28.
               
            
             
               If
               either
               a
               bone
               ,
               cartilage
               or
               sinew
               ,
               shall
               be
               cut
               in
               the
               bodie
               ,
               it
               doth
               neither
               increase
               nor
               grow
               together
               againe
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 was
                 spoken
                 afore
                 in
                 the
                 19.
                 
                 Aphorism
                 Sect
                 6.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               29.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               strong
               Flux
               of
               the
               bellie
               shall
               come
               upon
               him
               that
               is
               diseased
               ,
               with
               a
               dropsie
               called
               
                 Leacophlegmatia
                 ,
              
               it
               dissolveth
               and
               cureth
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 it
                 evacuates
                 the
                 efficient
                 cause
                 of
                 the
                 disease
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 abundance
                 of
                 white
                 flegme
                 ,
                 from
                 whence
                 also
                 comes
                 the
                 diseases
                 name
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               30.
               
            
             
               They
               have
               a
               falling
               down
               of
               flegmatick
               humors
               from
               the
               head
               ,
               which
               doe
               a
               vid
               froathie
               excrements
               out
               of
               the
               bellie
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 phlegmatick
                 humors
                 being
                 windie
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 no
                 marvell
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 froathie
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               31.
               
            
             
               Sediments
               in
               urines
               ,
               made
               in
               the
               time
               of
               agues
               like
               unto
               course
               wheat-meal
               doe
               signifie
               that
               the
               sickness
               shall
               continue
               long
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 it
                 shews
                 a
                 kind
                 of
                 gross
                 thick
                 humor
                 ,
                 which
                 cannot
                 be
                 disolved
                 or
                 voided
                 in
                 a
                 short
                 space
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               32.
               
            
             
               Cholerick
               sediments
               in
               urins
               ,
               which
               at
               the
               first
               were
               thinn
               ,
               doe
               signifie
               a
               sharp
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 choller
                 always
                 causeth
                 sharp
                 diseases
                 .
                 And
                 urines
                 are
                 always
                 faithfull
                 messengers
                 of
                 the
                 affections
                 of
                 the
                 veines
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               33.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               makes
               diverse
               urines
               ,
               have
               a
               vehement
               disturbance
               in
               their
               bodie
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 when
                 the
                 urines
                 are
                 so
                 ,
                 it
                 shews
                 a
                 manifoldness
                 of
                 humors
                 to
                 be
                 viciously
                 diseased
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               34.
               
            
             
               The
               urins
               in
               which
               bubbles
               doe
               swim
               a loft
               ,
               signifie
               a
               disease
               of
               the
               reins
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               disease
               will
               endure
               long
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 those
                 bubbles
                 proceding
                 from
                 humiditie
                 which
                 is
                 extended
                 about
                 by
                 a
                 flatuous
                 spirit
                 ,
                 doe
                 cause
                 a
                 cold
                 disease
                 which
                 cold
                 diseases
                 are
                 long
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               35.
               
            
             
               Those
               to
               whom
               a
               fattness
               swims
               upon
               their
               vrine
               together
               &
               on
               a
               sodain
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               signe
               the
               disease
               is
               in
               the
               reins
               ,
               and
               asharp
               one
               too
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 if
                 the
                 disease
                 were
                 in
                 the
                 whole
                 bodie
                 ,
                 it
                 would
                 come
                 forth
                 by
                 little
                 and
                 little
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sharp
                 
                 one
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 head
                 of
                 it
                 melts
                 the
                 fat
                 of
                 the
                 reins
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               36.
               
            
             
               If
               also
               paines
               be
               caused
               to
               those
               which
               are
               diseased
               with
               the
               grief
               of
               the
               kidneys
               about
               the
               muscles
               of
               the
               back
               bone
               ,
               and
               have
               the
               signes
               abovesaid
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               felt
               towards
               the
               outward
               parts
               ,
               look
               and
               expect
               that
               the
               imposthume
               shall
               be
               also
               outwardly
               .
               But
               if
               the
               pains
               bend
               and
               decline
               rather
               to
               the
               inward
               parts
               ,
               we
               must
               then
               expect
               the
               imposthume
               will
               be
               inwards
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 if
                 the
                 paine
                 hath
                 been
                 long
                 and
                 great
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               37.
               
            
             
               Vomiting
               of
               blood
               is
               wholsome
               to
               them
               which
               doe
               it
               without
               a
               Feaver
               :
               but
               if
               it
               be
               with
               a
               Feaver
               it
               is
               an
               evill
               thing
               ,
               and
               the
               cure
               and
               remedie
               of
               the
               same
               ,
               is
               to
               be
               performed
               with
               things
               that
               have
               a
               cooling
               and
               binding
               ●ualitie
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 All
                 vomits
                 of
                 blood
                 are
                 bad
                 ,
                 Sect.
                 4.
                 
                 Aphorisme
                 .
                 25
                 ,
                 therefore
                 this
                 must
                 be
                 here
                 understood
                 comparatively
                 ,
                 namely
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 more
                 tolerable
                 without
                 ,
                 then
                 with
                 a
                 Feaver
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               38.
               
            
             
               Distillations
               upon
               the
               upper
               bellie
               come
               to
               suppuration
               and
               ripeness
               within
               twenty
               dayes
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 the
                 upper
                 belly
                 ,
                 he
                 means
                 the
                 stomach
                 ,
                 whose
                 heat
                 causeth
                 the
                 suppuration
                 to
                 be
                 made
                 so
                 soon
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               39
            
             
               If
               any
               one
               piss
               blood
               ,
               or
               clots
               of
               blood
               ,
               and
               be
               diseased
               with
               the
               Strangury
               ,
               the
               pain
               falling
               into
               the
               
                 Perinaeum
                 ,
                 Hypogastrium
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Pectinem
                 ,
              
               the
               places
               and
               part
               about
               the
               bladder
               are
               diseased
               .
            
             
               Perinaeum
               
                 is
                 the
                 part
                 between
                 the
                 privie
                 Members
                 and
                 the
                 Fundament
                 .
              
               Hypogastrium
               
                 the
                 bottome
                 of
                 the
                 belly
                 :
                 And
              
               Pecten
               
               
                 that
                 part
                 under
                 the
                 bellie
                 where
                 the
                 haire
                 grows
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               40
            
             
               If
               a
               mans
               tongue
               sodainly
               become
               feeble
               ,
               or
               any
               part
               of
               the
               body
               benummed
               without
               feeling
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               signe
               of
               melancholie
               .
            
             
               
                 For
                 they
                 proceeded
                 from
                 a
                 thick
                 juice
                 which
                 is
                 partly
                 melancholie
                 partlie
                 phlegmatick
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               41.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               hicket
               happen
               to
               old
               men
               ,
               purged
               above
               measure
               it
               is
               not
               good
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 such
                 a
                 hicket
                 is
                 bad
                 in
                 all
                 ,
                 especiallie
                 in
                 old
                 men
                 ,
                 because
                 in
                 them
                 all
                 diseases
                 are
                 greater
                 ,
                 and
                 more
                 to
                 he
                 doubted
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 imbecilitie
                 of
                 that
                 age
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               42.
               
            
             
               If
               the
               feaver
               be
               not
               caused
               by
               choller
               ,
               much
               warm
               water
               poured
               upon
               the
               head
               doth
               disolve
               it
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 Vnder
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 choler
                 ●e
                 doth
                 here
                 comprehend
                 all
                 other
                 humors
                 ,
                 as
                 Phlegme
                 ,
                 blood
                 and
                 black
                 choler
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               43.
               
            
             
               A
               woman
               hath
               not
               the
               use
               of
               both
               hands
               alike
               ,
            
             
               
                 By
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 imbecilitie
                 of
                 womans
                 nature
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               44.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               cleare
               and
               white
               matter
               doe
               issue
               out
               from
               them
               which
               are
               affected
               with
               corrupt
               matter
               ,
               when
               they
               suffer
               cauterizing
               or
               incision
               ,
               they
               doe
               escape
               :
               but
               if
               bloodie
               ,
               stinking
               ,
               and
               filthy
               matter
               doe
               issue
               forth
               ,
               they
               die
               .
            
             
               
                 By
                 being
                 affected
                 with
                 corrupt
                 matter
                 he
                 means
                 all
                 which
                 have
                 anie
                 corrupt
                 tumor
                 ,
                 but
                 especially
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 it
                 gathered
                 between
                 the
                 lungs
                 and
                 the
                 brest
                 ,
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               45.
               
            
             
               If
               clear
               and
               white
               matter
               doe
               
               issue
               from
               them
               whose
               liver
               is
               corrupted
               ,
               and
               is
               burnt
               ,
               they
               recover
               health
               :
               for
               the
               corrupt
               matter
               is
               contained
               in
               the
               coat
               ,
               but
               if
               that
               which
               cometh
               forth
               be
               like
               the
               lees
               of
               oyle
               they
               die
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 set
                 down
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 when
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 the
                 matter
                 is
                 contained
                 in
                 the
                 coat
                 ,
                 for
                 if
                 it
                 penetrate
                 into
                 the
                 flesh
                 or
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 liver
                 they
                 dye
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               46.
               
            
             
               Cure
               and
               heale
               pains
               of
               the
               eyes
               ,
               which
               proceed
               from
               drinking
               of
               strong
               wine
               ▪
               and
               bathing
               in
               hot
               water
               ,
               by
               opening
               of
               a
               veyne
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorisme
                 is
                 by
                 Gallen
                 and
                 Heurnius
                 held
                 to
                 be
                 spurious
                 and
                 not
                 worthy
                 of
                 Hypocrates
                 ;
                 alludes
                 to
                 the
                 31.
                 
                 Aphorism
                 of
                 the
                 6
                 Section
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 much
                 differs
                 from
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               47.
               
            
             
               If
               a
               cough
               come
               upon
               one
               diseased
               with
               the
               dropsie
               ,
               he
               is
               irrecoverable
            
             
               
                 This
                 and
                 the
                 35
                 Aphorisme
                 of
                 the
                 6
                 Section
                 are
                 all
                 one
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               48
            
             
               Drinking
               of
               neat
               strong
               wine
               ,
               and
               the
               opening
               of
               a
               veine
               dissolves
               the
               
                 Strangurie
              
               and
               
                 Dysurie
                 ,
              
               but
               the
               inward
               veins
               must
               be
               opened
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 speakes
                 not
                 of
                 all
                 Stranguries
                 and
                 Dysuries
                 ,
                 but
                 only
                 of
                 that
                 Strangurie
                 or
                 dropping
                 of
                 urine
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 coldness
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 that
                 Dysurie
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 urines
                 painful
                 comming
                 out
                 ,
                 which
                 proceeds
                 from
                 a
                 viscous
                 and
                 flatuous
                 humor
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               49.
               
            
             
               A
               swelling
               and
               redness
               arising
               on
               the
               brest
               of
               him
               who
               have
               a
               Squiancie
               is
               good
               ,
               for
               the
               disease
               inclineth
               outwards
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 differs
                 nothing
                 from
                 the
                 37
                 of
                 the
                 sixt
                 Section
                 ,
                 but
                 only
                 in
                 the
                 place
                 of
                 the
                 rednesses
                 arising
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 in
                 both
                 ,
                 Hippocrates
                 scope
                 is
                 to
                 shew
                 that
                 in
                 this
                 disease
                 it
                 is
                 good
                 to
                 have
                 thè
                 humors
                 tend
                 outward
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               50.
               
            
             
               They
               die
               within
               three
               dayes
               ,
               whose
               braine
               begins
               to
               corrupt
               ,
               but
               if
               they
               overpasse
               them
               ,
               they
               shall
               recover
               their
               health
               .
            
             
               
                 Because
                 the
                 brain
                 is
                 a
                 principal
                 and
                 most
                 noble
                 part
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 they
                 scape
                 three
                 daies
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 hoped
                 ,
                 the
                 disease
                 may
                 remitt
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 naturall
                 forces
                 will
                 ouercome
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               51.
               
            
             
               Sneezing
               is
               provoked
               out
               of
               the
               head
               ,
               the
               brain
               being
               much
               heated
               ,
               or
               the
               void
               space
               of
               the
               head
               being
               much
               moistned
               :
               For
               the
               aire
               inclosed
               within
               ,
               doth
               breake
               forth
               ;
               and
               it
               makes
               a
               noise
               because
               it
               passeth
               through
               a
               narrow
               place
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 speaks
                 in
                 this
                 Aphorisme
                 only
                 of
                 that
                 sneezing
                 which
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 the
                 motion
                 if
                 nature
                 desires
                 to
                 driue
                 out
                 flatuous
                 spirit
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 head
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               52.
               
            
             
               Those
               who
               are
               grieved
               with
               vehement
               pain
               of
               the
               Liver
               ,
               are
               delivered
               from
               it
               ,
               if
               an
               Ague
               come
               upon
               them
               .
            
             
               
                 Which
                 vehement
                 pain
                 cometh
                 by
                 windiness
                 which
                 the
                 feaver
                 disperses
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               53.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               occasion
               to
               have
               blood
               taken
               from
               them
               ,
               must
               be
               let
               blood
               in
               the
               Spring
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 is
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Aph.
                 47.
                 
                 Sect.
                 6
                 look
                 upon
                 that's
                 Comment
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               54.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               phlegm
               inclosed
               between
               the
               ventricle
               and
               the
               middriff
               ,
               which
               is
               painful
               to
               them
               ,
               having
               no
               passage
               into
               either
               of
               the
               bellies
               ,
               are
               delivered
               from
               the
               disease
               ,
               the
               phlegm
               being
               turned
               through
               the
               veins
               into
               the
               body
               .
            
             
               
                 Matter
                 may
                 come
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 veins
                 into
                 any
                 place
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 ,
                 and
                 being
                 
                 extenuated
                 return
                 into
                 them
                 again
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               55.
               
            
             
               Those
               have
               their
               belly
               filled
               with
               water
               and
               die
               ,
               whose
               Liver
               replenisht
               with
               water
               ,
               makes
               an
               eruption
               of
               it
               in
               the
               upper
               part
               of
               the
               belly
               where
               the
               Caul
               is
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 speaks
                 what
                 is
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 ,
                 for
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 nature
                 and
                 medicaments
                 such
                 may
                 be
                 cured
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               56.
               
            
             
               Wine
               being
               drunk
               with
               an
               equal
               proportion
               of
               water
               ,
               puts
               away
               sorrow
               ,
               yawning
               ,
               and
               cold
               shaking
            
             
               
                 For
                 wine
                 by
                 its
                 moderate
                 heat
                 expels
                 most
                 of
                 those
                 matters
                 which
                 cause
                 these
                 symptomes
                 and
                 tempereth
                 the
                 rest
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               57.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               a
               little
               swelling
               in
               the
               urinary
               passage
               ,
               they
               are
               delivered
               from
               it
               ,
               the
               same
               being
               brought
               to
               suppuration
               and
               broken
               .
            
             
             
             
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 the
                 same
                 as
                 the
                 82
                 of
                 the
                 fourth
                 Secton
                 where
                 it
                 was
                 explained
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               58.
               
            
             
               They
               must
               of
               necessity
               become
               dumb
               presently
               ,
               which
               have
               their
               brain
               vehemently
               shaken
               &
               troubled
               by
               some
               outward
               occasion
               .
            
             
               
                 In
                 the
                 word
                 dumbness
                 he
                 here
                 comprehends
                 all
                 other
                 voluntary
                 motions
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               59.
               
            
             
               Hunger
               and
               fasting
               is
               to
               be
               indured
               by
               bodies
               consisting
               of
               moist
               flesh
               .
               For
               fasting
               dryeth
               the
               body
               .
            
             
               
                 He
                 means
                 so
                 much
                 fasting
                 as
                 will
                 serve
                 to
                 correct
                 the
                 humidity
                 of
                 the
                 flesh
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               60.
               
            
             
               Where
               there
               is
               alteration
               in
               the
               whole
               body
               ,
               and
               it
               becometh
               cold
               and
               hot
               again
               ,
               or
               changeth
               from
               one
               colour
               to
               another
               ,
               it
               signisies
               length
               of
               the
               disease
               .
            
             
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 repeated
                 from
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 Sect.
                 4.
                 Aph.
                 40.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               61.
               
            
             
               Much
               sweat
               hot
               and
               dry
               frequently
               issuing
               forth
               ,
               declares
               abundance
               of
               moistness
               ,
               which
               in
               a
               strong
               body
               is
               to
               be
               vacuated
               upwards
               ,
               in
               a
               weak
               one
               downwards
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 thought
                 by
              
               Galen
               
                 to
                 be
                 spurious
                 ,
                 and
                 also
                 the
                 three
                 following
                 ,
                 yet
              
               Heurnius
               
                 saith
                 no
                 such
                 thing
                 .
                 But
                 saith
                 this
                 Aphorism
                 means
                 that
                 sweat
                 which
                 proceeds
                 from
                 superabundance
                 of
                 moisture
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 from
                 plenty
                 of
                 food
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               62.
               
            
             
               If
               Agues
               become
               more
               fierce
               and
               vehement
               every
               third
               day
               without
               intermission
               they
               are
               dangerous
               .
               But
               in
               what
               manner
               soever
               they
               shall
               cease
               it
               signifieth
               they
               are
               void
               of
               danger
               .
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               63.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               are
               afflicted
               with
               
               
               
               long
               Feavers
               have
               little
               swellings
               or
               aches
               in
               the
               joynts
               .
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               64.
               
            
             
               Those
               which
               have
               long
               swellings
               or
               pains
               in
               the
               joynts
               after
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               do
               use
               too
               plentiful
               a
               diet
               .
            
             
               
                 These
                 three
                 last
                 Aphorisms
                 are
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 the
                 43
                 ,
                 44
                 ,
                 and
                 45
                 of
                 the
                 fourth
                 Section
                 ,
                 where
                 they
                 have
                 been
                 already
                 explained
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               65.
               
            
             
               If
               any
               give
               the
               meat
               to
               one
               sick
               of
               a
               Feaver
               ,
               which
               he
               giveth
               to
               a
               healthful
               person
               ,
               he
               shall
               strengthen
               the
               healthful
               person
               ,
               and
               increase
               the
               malady
               of
               the
               sick
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 also
                 is
                 falsly
                 imputed
                 to
                 
                   Hippocrates
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               66.
               
            
             
               We
               must
               look
               upon
               those
               things
               which
               pass
               through
               the
               bladder
               ,
               whether
               they
               be
               such
               as
               issue
               forth
               in
               prosperous
               health
               .
               For
               those
               which
               are
               unlike
               them
               ,
               are
               unhealthful
               
               signes
               ,
               but
               those
               which
               are
               like
               them
               ,
               are
               healthful
               signes
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 speaks
                 that
                 which
              
               Hippocrates
               
                 in
                 a
                 manner
                 speaks
                 elsewhere
                 :
                 yet
                 because
                 it
                 hath
                 neither
                 the
                 form
                 nor
                 phrase
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               ,
               Galen
               
                 rejects
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               67.
               
            
             
               Also
               when
               the
               sediments
               ,
               if
               thou
               shalt
               suffer
               them
               to
               rest
               ,
               and
               shalt
               not
               move
               them
               ,
               do
               sink
               down
               into
               the
               bottom
               like
               shavings
               of
               guts
               or
               such
               like
               matter
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               few
               ,
               they
               signifie
               the
               disease
               is
               but
               little
               ;
               but
               if
               they
               be
               many
               ,
               that
               it
               is
               great
               Then
               it
               is
               necessary
               to
               evacuate
               the
               belly
               downwards
               ;
               otherwise
               if
               thou
               shalt
               give
               broth
               and
               nourishments
               ,
               without
               purging
               the
               belly
               ,
               the
               more
               thou
               givest
               ,
               the
               more
               thou
               shalt
               offend
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
              
               Galen
               
                 holds
                 to
                 be
                 foisted
                 in
                 by
                 some
                 sophister
                 and
                 lover
                 of
                 obscurity
                 and
                 to
                 be
                 none
                 of
              
               Hippocrates
               .
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               68.
               
            
             
               Crude
               ,
               raw
               and
               undigested
               excrements
               voided
               downwards
               ,
               do
               proceed
               from
               black
               choller
               .
               If
               they
               be
               many
               ,
               they
               proceed
               from
               a
               more
               copious
               quantity
               ,
               if
               they
               be
               few
               ,
               from
               a
               lesser
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 participates
                 of
                 the
                 formers
                 obscurity
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 some
                 is
                 joyned
                 to
                 it
                 and
                 made
                 the
                 latter
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               69.
               
            
             
               Spittings
               ,
               in
               Feavers
               not
               intermitting
               ,
               ash-coloured
               bloodyish
               ,
               cholerick
               ,
               stinking
               ,
               are
               all
               evil
               .
               But
               if
               they
               come
               forth
               conveniently
               and
               easily
               they
               are
               good
               ,
               whether
               they
               issue
               out
               by
               the
               belly
               or
               bladder
               .
               And
               if
               any
               thing
               stays
               unpurged
               which
               should
               have
               come
               forth
               ,
               it
               is
               evil
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 in
                 a
                 manner
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 the
                 47
                 of
                 the
                 fourth
                 Section
              
            
          
           
           
             
               APH.
               70.
               
            
             
               When
               any
               one
               goeth
               about
               to
               purge
               unclean
               bodies
               ,
               he
               must
               make
               them
               soluble
               and
               fluxible
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 hath
                 also
                 been
                 explained
                 in
                 the
                 tenth
                 Aph.
                 of
                 the
                 second
                 Section
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               71.
               
            
             
               Sleep
               and
               watchfulness
               ,
               if
               they
               exceed
               a
               measure
               ,
               are
               a
               disease
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 is
                 also
                 the
                 same
                 Aphorism
                 in
                 substance
                 with
                 the
                 third
                 of
                 the
                 second
                 Section
                 ,
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               72.
               
            
             
               In
               Feavers
               not
               intermitting
               ,
               if
               the
               exterior
               parts
               be
               cold
               ,
               and
               the
               inward
               burning
               and
               the
               patient
               have
               a
               Feaver
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 was
                 better
                 set
                 down
                 Sect.
                 4.
                 Aph.
                 48.
                 for
                 why
                 should
                 he
                 add
                 at
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 this
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 patient
                 have
                 a
                 Feaver
                 when
                 he
                 had
                 already
                 said
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 ,
                 In
                 Feavers
                 not
                 intermitting
                 .
              
            
          
           
           
           
           
             
               APH.
               73.
               
            
             
               In
               a
               Feaver
               not
               intermitting
               ,
               if
               a
               lip
               ,
               nose
               ,
               eye
               ,
               or
               eye-brow
               be
               perverted
               and
               turned
               awry
               ,
               if
               the
               sick
               man
               do
               not
               see
               nor
               hear
               ,
               whatsoever
               of
               these
               things
               shall
               happen
               to
               a
               weak
               sick
               man
               ,
               death
               is
               neer
               at
               hand
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 the
                 49
                 of
                 Sect.
                 4.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               74.
               
            
             
               After
               white
               phlegme
               comes
               a
               Dropsie
               .
            
             
               
                 Namely
                 when
                 the
                 body
                 and
                 its
                 vessels
                 ,
                 are
                 abundantly
                 filled
                 with
                 it
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               75.
               
            
             
               From
               a
               looseness
               of
               the
               belly
               ,
               proceeds
               a
               bloody-flux
               .
            
             
               
                 Not
                 from
                 all
                 loosnesses
                 ,
                 but
                 onely
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 long
                 lasting
                 ,
                 and
                 bilious
                 as
                 Aph
                 23.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               76.
               
            
             
               After
               a
               bloody-flux
               comes
               a
               Lienteria
               .
            
             
             
               
                 Which
                 is
                 a
                 flux
                 of
                 undigested
                 meat
                 .
                 See
                 Sect.
                 6.
                 
                 Aph.
                 43.
                 
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               77.
               
            
             
               After
               the
               corruption
               of
               the
               bone
               comes
               the
               impost
               humation
               of
               it
               called
               in
               Greek
               
                 Sphacelismos
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 It
                 may
                 be
                 also
                 taken
                 for
                 a
                 Gangrening
                 of
                 the
                 flesh
                 about
                 it
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH
               ▪
               78.
               
            
             
               After
               vomiting
               of
               blood
               ,
               a
               Consumption
               ,
               and
               an
               evacuation
               of
               filthy
               purulent
               matter
               doth
               ensue
               .
            
             
               
                 This
                 Aphorism
                 is
                 set
                 down
                 several
                 ways
                 ,
                 but
                 I
                 have
                 followed
              
               Galens
               
                 exposition
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
               APH.
               79.
               
            
             
               We
               ought
               to
               behold
               what
               things
               they
               be
               which
               pass
               out
               by
               urines
               or
               by
               the
               belly
               ,
               and
               what
               things
               issue
               out
               through
               the
               flesh
               .
               And
               we
               must
               also
               consider
               and
               behold
               whether
               the
               body
               do
               decline
               in
               any
               other
               thing
               from
               nature
               .
               For
               if
               little
               be
               a
               voided
               the
               disease
               is
               
               
               
               little
               ,
               if
               much
               ,
               the
               disease
               is
               great
               ,
               and
               if
               very
               much
               it
               is
               deadly
               .
            
             
               
                 To
                 the
                 end
                 that
                 the
                 Physician
                 may
                 know
                 the
                 disease
                 ,
                 he
                 must
                 take
                 special
                 notice
                 of
                 the
                 excrements
                 ,
                 and
                 examine
                 them
                 in
                 substance
                 ,
                 quantity
                 ,
                 quality
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 time
                 and
                 manner
                 of
                 getting
                 them
                 out
                 .
                 For
                 the
                 excrements
                 represent
                 the
                 Idea
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 from
                 whence
                 they
                 proceed
                 .
              
            
             
               FINIS
               .